IMPOTRANT Alcatel Parameters B7.2 0062 17a

Alcatel
Thursday, March 13, 2003
BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B7.2
Ed 17 Released
BSS Telecom parameters
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Alcatel
BSC
Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
parameters
A_LEV_HO
Window size for level averages for handover. None Radio measurements data processing
HMI name
A_LEV_HO
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes
Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Site (CAE) Changeable
Instance Type
Number
Unit
Samfr
Min value 1 Def value 8
Max value 31 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No Yes No
-A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Internal comment

CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 2
Alcatel
A_LEV_MCHO
HMI name
A_LEV_MCHO
B7.2 Sub-system Instance Type

Number BSC cell
Yes
Window size for level averages for microcell handover. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
Samfr

No Yes No
-A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Recommended rules -Internal comment

Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO <= 16. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
External comment
--
A_LEV_PC
Window size for level averages for power control. None Radio measurements data processing
HMI name
A_LEV_PC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
Samfr

No No No
-A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Internal comment

Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 3
Alcatel
A_PBGT_DR
HMI name
A_PBGT_DR

Number BSC cell
Yes
Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
Samfr

No No No
---
Recommended rules -Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
External comment HMI name

A_PBGT_HO
--
A_PBGT_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
Samfr

No Yes No
-A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Internal comment

CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
External comment
should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 4
Alcatel
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR
HMI name
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR

Number BSC cell
Yes
Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
Samfr

No No No
step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
--
--
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

Number BSC cell
Yes
Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
Samfr

No No No
step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 5
Alcatel
A_QUAL_HO
Window size for quality averages for handover. None Radio measurements data processing
HMI name
A_QUAL_HO
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
Samfr

No Yes No
-A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Internal comment

CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
External comment
--
A_QUAL_PC
HMI name
A_QUAL_PC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes
Window size for quality averages for power control. None Radio measurements data processing

Instance Type
Number
Unit
Samfr

No No No
-A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Internal comment

Explanation for migration rule : in B6.2, the mandatory rule is A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC <= 32. To be sure that the rule for B7 is verified, one of the parameters has to be decreased by 1 (the parameter having the largest scale is decreased).
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 6
Alcatel
A_RANGE_HO
Window size for distance averages. None Radio measurements data processing
HMI name
A_RANGE_HO
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
Samfr

No No No
---
--
--
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Window size for load averages. None Resource allocation & management
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

Yes No No
---

TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 7
Alcatel
AC_0
Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. GSM TS 04.08 Overload control
HMI name
AC 0
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: not barred, 1: barred --
--

AC 1
--
AC_1
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 8
Alcatel
AC_11
HMI name
AC 11
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

AC 12
--
AC_12
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 9
Alcatel
AC_13
HMI name
AC 13
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

AC 14
--
AC_14
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 10
Alcatel
AC_15
HMI name
AC 15
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

AC 2
--
AC_2
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 11
Alcatel
AC_3
HMI name
AC 3
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

AC 4
--
AC_4
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 12
Alcatel
AC_5
HMI name
AC 5
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

AC 6
--
AC_6
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 13
Alcatel
AC_7
HMI name
AC 7
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

AC 8
--
AC_8
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 14
Alcatel
AC_9
HMI name
AC 9
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules -Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules
--
--
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)
High Priority Access Class Ordering P1
B7.2 Sub-system Instance

BSC BSC
Yes
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. None Overload control

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 15 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. --

--
Cell Type RMS template External comment

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 15
Alcatel
Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules
HMI name

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 15 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. --
--
Cell Type RMS template External comment HMI name

--
No No

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 15 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules

--

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 16
Alcatel
HMI name

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 15 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
--

--
No No

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 15 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules

--

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 17
Alcatel
HMI name

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 15 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
--

--
No No
ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM

BSC cell
Yes
Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Site (CAE) Displayed
Type
Flag
Unit
None
Max value 1 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used --

always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 18
Alcatel
ADDR_MON
HMI name
ADDR_MON

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. None LapD Management

Network (CDE) None (DLS)
Unit
sec
Max value 6553.5 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
step size = 0.1sec --
--

ADDR_TR
--
ADDR_TR
Address error threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
---

Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 19
Alcatel
AG_PREMPT_PCH
HMI name
AG_PREMPT_PCH

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when BS_ AG_BLKS_RES = 1. None Paging and Access Grant Control

Unit
None
Max value 1 TRX nb Cell Type

No No
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 then the flag is not used (pre-emption Mandatory rules mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) if BS_AG_BLKS_RES > 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
If BCCH_EXT = 0 (false), then BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 is possible, the flag should not be used.
External comment
ALLOC_ANYWAY
HMI name
ALLOC_ANYWAY

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 20
Alcatel
ALPHA (BSC)
Alpha power control parameter. GSM TS 04.08 System information management
HMI name
ALPHA
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes
Application domain GPRS Category OMC-R access

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (MFS)
--

AMR_FR_HYST
--
AMR_FR_HYST
Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB -rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13).
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following
Internal comment
--
External comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 21
Alcatel
AMR_FR_SUBSET
HMI name
AMR_FR_SUBSET

Reference BSC BSS
Yes
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
None
Max value 240 TRX nb

No
bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of Mandatory rules 4 bits can be set to 1). Recommended rules --
Cell Type RMS template

Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s
No No
Internal comment
--
External comment
AMR_FR_THR_1
HMI name
AMR_FR_THR_1

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
dB
Min value 0 Def value 6.5

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB.
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following Internal comment
--
External comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 22
Alcatel
AMR_FR_THR_2
HMI name
AMR_FR_THR_2

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB.
--
External comment
AMR_FR_THR_3
HMI name
AMR_FR_THR_3

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB.
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 23
Alcatel
AMR_HR_HYST
Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation
HMI name
AMR_HR_HYST
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB -rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13).
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following
Internal comment
--
External comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
AMR_HR_SUBSET
HMI name
AMR_HR_SUBSET

Reference BSC BSS
Yes
Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
None
Max value 60 TRX nb

No
Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum Mandatory rules of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. Recommended rules --

Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).
No
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 24
Alcatel
AMR_HR_THR_1
HMI name
AMR_HR_THR_1

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB.
--
External comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
AMR_HR_THR_2
HMI name
AMR_HR_THR_2

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB.
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 25
Alcatel
AMR_HR_THR_3
HMI name
AMR_HR_THR_3

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
dB

No No No
step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB.
--
External comment
AMR_START_MODE_FR
HMI name
AMR_START_MODE_FR

Reference BSC BSS
Yes
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
None
Max value 4 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) --

--

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 26
Alcatel
Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference
AMR_START_MODE_HR
HMI name
AMR_START_MODE_HR

Reference BSC BSS
Yes
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. GSM TS 05.09 Codec Adaptation

Unit
None
Max value 4 TRX nb

No
0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the Coding rules subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen Mandatory rules codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be avoided.

--
No No
Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
ATT (BSC)
IMSI Attach/Detach

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 27
Alcatel
AUT_BAR
This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. None Overload control
HMI name
AUTO_BAR_CELL
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled, 1: enabled --
--

AUTO_DSC
--
AUTO_DSC

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links. None LapD Management

System (CST) None (DLS)
Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled 1: enabled --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 28
Alcatel
B_NUM
HMI name
B_NUM

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
---
Radio measurements data processing --

BCC
Default value depends on MSC type.
BCC (BSC)
BTS colour code of the cell.
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (MFS) Site (CAE) Changeable
Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
External comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 29
Alcatel
BCCH_EXT
HMI name
BCCH_EXT

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. None Paging and Access Grant control

Unit
None

No No
0: false, 1:true
BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 30
Alcatel
BCCH_FREQUENCY
Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. None Handover Preparation
HMI name
BCCH_FREQUENCY
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Site (CAE) Virtual changeable
Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No
0 = dummy value at initialisation
In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC. Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
External comment
In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs.
BF_HI_RX
HMI name
BF_HI_RX

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. None LapD Management

Unit

No No No
---
Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 31
Alcatel
BF_HI_TX
HMI name
BF_HI_TX

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

BF_LO_RX
--
BF_LO_RX

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. None LapD Management

Unit

No No No
---
Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 32
Alcatel
BF_LO_TX
HMI name
BF_LO_TX

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)
BS_AG_BLKS_RES

Number BSC cell
Yes
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). GSM TS 05.02 Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No
coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Recommended rules --
RMS template
Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
No
Internal comment
At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel. This check is done by the OMC only towards B7.2 BSS.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 33
Alcatel
Logical name Definition
BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
HMI name
BS_CV_MAX
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC
Yes
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. 3GPP TS 04.60 System information management
Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules

Instance Type
Number
cell
Unit
None

No No No
Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip
Internal comment
--
External comment
Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 34
Alcatel
BS_P_CON_ACK
Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
BS_P_CON_ACK
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
2 x Samfr

No Yes No
step size=1 (2 x Samfr) --
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
--
BS_P_CON_INT
BS_P_CON_INT

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
2 x Samfr

No Yes No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 35
Alcatel
BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)
HMI name
BS_PA_MFRMS

Number BSC cell
Yes
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. GSM TS 05.02 Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell

--
External comment
The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is.
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)
BTS maximum allowed transmission power. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
BS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB
Min value -30 Def value 0

No No No
step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 36
Alcatel
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)
HMI name
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

Number BSC cell
Yes
BTS maximum allowed transmission power used for the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. None Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
dB

No Yes No
Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER Mandatory rules >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
External comment
The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
BS_TXPWR_MIN
BTS minimum allowed transmission power. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
BS_TXPWR_MIN
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB
Min value -30 Def value -24

No No No
BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 37
Alcatel
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
HMI name
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. None Resource allocation & management

Site (CAE) None (DLS)
Unit
None

No No No
--
--
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]
First character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
BSC Primary X25 Address [1]
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

--
External comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 38
Alcatel
Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
1character of a string. default = blank character --

--
External comment
Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 39
Alcatel
Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 40
Alcatel
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 41
Alcatel
Second character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Third character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 42
Alcatel
Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 43
Alcatel
Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 44
Alcatel
Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 45
Alcatel
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]
First character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] HMI name

Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 46
Alcatel

Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment

Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 47
Alcatel

Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment

Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 48
Alcatel

Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 49
Alcatel
Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 50
Alcatel
Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 51
Alcatel
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes
Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 52
Alcatel
Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
BSIC (GSM)
Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. GSM TS 04.08 Radio measurements data processing
HMI name
BSIC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Abstract
Unit
None
Min value # Def value #
Max value # TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
---

See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC)
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 53
Alcatel
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)
HMI name
Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1

List of numbers BSC BSC
Yes
List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. None Ciphering procedure

Unit
None

No No No
coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different Mandatory rules priorities Recommended rules --
Internal comment
Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
External comment
--
HMI name

Yes

Unit
None

No No No
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 54
Alcatel
HMI name

Yes

Not Used (NU) None (DLS)
Unit
None

No No No
Internal comment
External comment
--
HMI name

Yes

Unit
None

No No No
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 55
Alcatel
HMI name

Yes

Unit
None

No No No
Internal comment
External comment
--
HMI name

Yes

Unit
None

No No No
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 56
Alcatel
HMI name

Yes

Unit
None

No No No
Internal comment
External comment
--
BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY
HMI name
Send_CM_Enquiry

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. None Classmark handling

Unit
None

No
0: Never, 1: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0, 2: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with ES-IND = 0 and A5/1 not supported --

--
No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 57
Alcatel
BTS_CIPH_CAP
HMI name
ciphering capabilities

Flag BSC BTS
Yes
List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. None Ciphering procedure

Unit
None

No
Mandatory rules
Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported --

Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMCR.Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

No No
BTS_Q_LENGTH
HMI name
BTS_Queue_Length

Number BSC cell
Yes
Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None

Yes No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 58
Alcatel
Call_user_data_sel
HMI name
Call_User_Data_Selector

Reference BSC BSC
Yes
Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
None

No No No
0 to 16 bytes string Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes. The default string is an empty string. The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.
External comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255].
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
HMI name
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

BSC cell
Yes
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a general capture handover. None Handover preparation

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 59
Alcatel
CBC_window
HMI name
CBC_Window

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
None

No No No
--
Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Mandatory rules shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3.
CBC_X25_primary_address
CBC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
CBC Primary X25 Address
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 60
Alcatel
CBC_X25_secondary_address
CBC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
CBC Secondary X25 Address
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
CCCH_CONF (BSC)
Configuration of the CCCH. GSM TS 04.08 Paging & access grant control
HMI name
CCCH_CONF
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell

shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 61
Alcatel
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
HMI name
Administrative cell Barring

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access. GSM TS 05.08 Overload control

Unit
None

No No No

This parameter is changeable via bar-cell and debarcell operator commands.
External comment
--
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. GSM TS 05.08 Overload control
HMI name
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: normal priority, 1: low priority --

Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 62
Alcatel
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
HMI name
Cell Dimension

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No
0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.
--
CELL_EV
CELL_EVALUATION

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No
0: Order, 1: Grade --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 63
Alcatel
CELL_LAYER_TYPE
HMI name
Cell Layer

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes
0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer
Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Mandatory rules In addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the Cell_Layer_Type as in B6. Therefore, if Cell_Layer_Type (B7) = Indoor Layer (3), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is Cell_Layer_Type (B6) = Lower Layer (2). Recommended rules The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Indoor layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer cells
RMS template
--
No

Cell Partition
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
Determines if the cell is concentric. None Handover preparation
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No Yes
0: No partition, 1: Concentric
Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSMDCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800". Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 64
Alcatel
CELL_RANGE
Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell. None Handover preparation
HMI name
Cell Range
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No Yes
0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Recommended rules --
No
--
--
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

BSC cell
Yes
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 65
Alcatel
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. GSM TS 05.08 System information management
HMI name
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) --

Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND
HMI name
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND

BSC cell
Yes
Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. None System information management

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: not present, 1: present --

Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced by sentences in subsequent versions)
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 66
Alcatel
CGI_REQD
HMI name
CGI_REQUIRED

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. None External channel changes

Network (CDE) Displayed
Unit
None

No No No
0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used --

--
External comment
Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
CI (BSC)
Cell Identity. GSM TS 04.60 External channel changes
HMI name
cell Identity (CI)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
--
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (MFS) Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 67
Alcatel
CIC
Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. GSM TS 08.08 Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
HMI name
Circuit Identity Code
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC A ch
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number --

--
External comment
Coding_Scheme
HMI name
Coding_Scheme

Number BSC BTS
Yes
This parameter indicates the coding schemes that are supported by the BTS. None Not linked to a document

Unit
None
Max value 4 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: CS1 only, 1: CS1 and CS2, 2: CS1 to CS4, 3: CS1 to CS4 and MCS1 to MCS9, 4: No GPRS --

The value of this parameter is deduced from the parameter "EGPRS-Capability" (see BSS O&M Parameters) and sent to the MFS via BSCGP in the field called CS_Capability

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 68
Alcatel
COUNT_DECR
HMI name
COUNT_DECR

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 69
Alcatel
COUNT_INCR_1
HMI name
COUNT_INCR_1

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
COUNT_INCR_2
COUNT_INCR_2

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 70
Alcatel
CRC_MON
HMI name
CRC_MON

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. None LapD Management

Unit
sec

No No No
--

CRC_TR
--
CRC_TR
CRC error threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 71
Alcatel
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
HMI name
DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN

Number BSC cell
Yes
Correction factor favouring handover cause Power budget when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s). None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No Yes No
---
--
DELTA_INC_HO_margin
DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN

Number BSC cell
Yes
Correction factor penalizing handover cause Power budget when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s). None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No Yes No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 72
Alcatel
DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE
HMI name
Downlink DTX

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. None DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed --
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR
DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls. None DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 73
Alcatel
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR
HMI name
DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls. None DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled --
--
--
Downlink_DTX_enable_HR
DOWNLINK_DTX_HR

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. None DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled --
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 74
Alcatel
DPC
Signalling Point Code of the MSC. ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
MSC Signalling Point Code
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
coded over 14 bits --

Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC
External comment
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
HMI name
DRX_TIMER_MAX

Number BSC BSS
Yes
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
sec

No
Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)

--
No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 75
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification
HMI name
Uplink DTX Phase 1
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)

This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options (SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
External comment
DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH
HMI name
Uplink DTX Phase 2

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification

Unit
None
Max value 7 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall --

This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases

DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules).
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 76
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR
HMI name
Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR FR and AMR HR. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification

Unit
None
Max value 7 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may for TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall --

This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases

DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules).
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 77
Alcatel
DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER
HMI name
DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER

BSC
Yes
Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies. None System information management

System (CST) None (not in DLS)
BSC
Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules -Internal comment External comment
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
DWELL_TIME_STEP
HMI name
DWELL_TIME_STEP

Number BSC BSS
Yes
Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. None Handover preparation

Unit
sec

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 78
Alcatel
EC
HMI name
EMERGENCY_CALL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only --

Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages
External comment
--
EC_BAR
HMI name
AUTO_BAR_EC

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. GSM TS 04.08 Overload control

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 79
Alcatel
ECSC
HMI name
ECSC

Flag BSC BSS
Yes
Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed. GSM TS 04.08 Classmark handling

Unit
None

No No No
0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed --

Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software.
External comment
--
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
HMI name
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE

Number BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry. None External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No

This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
External comment
Default value depends on MSC type
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 80
Alcatel
EDR_MSG_ORDER
HMI name
EDR_MSG_ORDER

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. None External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd --

This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
External comment
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
HMI name
EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt. None Handover Management

Unit
None

No No No
0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 81
Alcatel
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL
HMI name
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. None External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent --
--

EFR_ENABLED
EFR_ENABLED

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 82
Alcatel
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI ON(BSC)
None System information management
HMI name
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION

BSC BSS
Yes
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections.
Application domain 2G-3G Category OMC-R access

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY
Internal comment
External comment
Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PS services is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMO BTS. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 83
Alcatel
EN_AMR_CA
HMI name
EN_AMR_CA

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and 27). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled, 1: enabled
EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND Mandatory rules EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules --
--

EN_AMR_FR
--
EN_AMR_FR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled; 1: enabled --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 84
Alcatel
EN_AMR_HR
HMI name
EN_AMR_HR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_BALANCED_CI
EN_BALANCED_CI

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. None Radio Measurements

Unit
None

No No Yes
0:disable, 1: enable --

--
External comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 85
Alcatel
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
HMI name
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of too high level in outer zone handover cause (cause 13). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

Meaningful only in cells where: External comment CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type --
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)
HMI name
EN_Bi-BAND_MS

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 86
Alcatel
EN_BS_PC
This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
EN_BS_PC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled1: enabled --
--
--
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR
AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 87
Alcatel
EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
HMI name
EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
--

Data 14.4 kbit/s
--
EN_DATA_144

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None

No No No

This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 88
Alcatel
EN_DIST_HO
HMI name
EN_DIST_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of distance handover cause (cause 6). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

Directed_Retry
--
EN_DR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. None Handover management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 89
Alcatel
EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION
HMI name
EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION

BSC BSS
Yes
Enables/disables the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell load variation. None Resource allocation and management

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled; 1 enabled --

--
External comment
If flag is set to enabled (1), the parameter Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS is not used and the values of T_PDCH_Inactivity and T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last can be increased. The value of HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS can then also be set to a higher value (for example: 90%) assuming that LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 90
Alcatel
EN_EXT_DR
HMI name
EN_EDR

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. None Radio Measurements

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled, 1: enabled -enable.
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to Internal comment
MSC: Depends on MSC Type
External comment
For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP
HMI name
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. None Normal assignment

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 91
Alcatel
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
HMI name
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_FORCED_DR
EN_FORCED_DR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the Forced Directed Retry handover cause detection. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 92
Alcatel
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
HMI name
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a dual rate, half-rate preferred, to allocate a full rate channel. None Normal assignment

Unit
None

No No No
0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled --
This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW
--
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of general capture handover cause (cause 24). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 93
Alcatel
EN_GPRS
HMI name
Enable GPRS

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell. None System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_GPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0.
--
--
EN_IC_HO
EN_INCOMING_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. None Handover management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 94
Alcatel
EN_IM_ASS_REJ
HMI name
EN_IMM_ASS_REJ

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. None Radio & link establishment

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH
EN_INTERBAND_HO

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. None System information management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 95
Alcatel
EN_INTRA_DL
HMI name
EN_INTRA_DL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for AMR calls. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0: disable, 1: enable -hopping is applied
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 96
Alcatel
EN_INTRA_UL
HMI name
EN_INTRA_UL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR
EN_INTRA_UL_AMR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for AMR calls. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0: disable, 1: enable -hopping is applied
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 97
Alcatel
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
HMI name
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 98
Alcatel
EN_LNK_M
This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring. None LapD Management
HMI name
EN_LNK_M
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_LOAD_BALANCE
EN_LOAD_BALANCE

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No Yes No
Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Internal comment
--
External comment
EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 99
Alcatel
EN_LOAD_EGSM
HMI name
EN_LOAD_EGSM

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
Allows to take into account TCH resources of G1 TRXs for load evaluation. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
0 : disabled, 1 : enabled -need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation.
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 Internal comment
--
External comment
This parameter is only significant if there is at least one G1 TRX in the cell.
EN_LOAD_MNGT
HMI name
Automatic AC barring on TCH load

BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. None Overload control

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 100
Alcatel
EN_LOAD_ORDER
HMI name
EN_LOAD_ORDER

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_LOAD_OUTER
Load computation in outer zone

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled; 1: enabled -need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4
Internal comment
--
External comment
significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 101
Alcatel
EN_MA_SELECTION
HMI name
EN_MA_SELECTION

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_MCHO_H_DL
EN_MCHO_H_DL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink micro-cell handover cause (cause 18). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 102
Alcatel
EN_MCHO_H_UL
HMI name
EN_MCHO_H_UL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink mirco-cell handover cause (cause 17). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

External comment
--
EN_MCHO_NCELL
HMI name
EN_MCHO_NCELL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of high level in neighbour micro-cell handover cause (cause 14). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No
0: disabled, 1: enabled -In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Recommended rules Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 103
Alcatel
EN_MCHO_RESCUE
HMI name
EN_MCHO_RESCUE

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of consecutive bad SACCH frames handover cause (cause 7). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

External comment
--
EN_MS_PC
This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
EN_MS_PC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 104
Alcatel
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO
HMI name
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 between different band cells. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled --
--
--
EN_PBGT_FILTERING
EN_PBGT_FILTERING

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 105
Alcatel
EN_PBGT_HO
HMI name
EN_PBGT_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of power budget handover cause (cause 12). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_PCR
This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. ITU-T Q.703 Not linked to a document
Preventive cyclic retransmission flag
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0 : disabled, 1 : enabled --

--
External comment
This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 106
Alcatel
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO
HMI name
EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 107
Alcatel
EN_RESCUE_UM
HMI name
EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No
0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite --

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
EN_RL_RECOV
HMI name
RADIOLINK_RECOVERY

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. None Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
None

No Yes No
---

Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 108
Alcatel
EN_RXLEV_DL
HMI name
EN_RXLEV_DL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink handover cause (cause 5). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--

EN_RXLEV_UL
--
EN_RXLEV_UL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink handover cause (cause 3). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 109
Alcatel
EN_RXQUAL_DL
HMI name
EN_RXQUAL_DL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of quality downlink handover cause (cause 4). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_RXQUAL_UL
EN_RXQUAL_UL

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of quality uplink handover cause (cause 2). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 110
Alcatel
EN_SEND_CM3
HMI name
Forward_CM_3

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables sending of Classmark 3 IE to the MSC. None Classmark handling

Unit
None

No No No
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Recommended rules --
--
EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE

BSC BSC
Yes
This flag controls Current channel OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. None External channel changes

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 111
Alcatel
EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER
HMI name
EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag controls Speech version (used) OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. None External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included --
--

EN_SI13_EXT
EN_SI13_EXT

Flag BSC cell
No
Flag to enable or disable the broadcast of SI13 on extended BCCH., when the extended BCCH is configured. None System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: normal/ 1: extended BCCH. --

--
External comment
EN_SI13_EXT is not meaningful when BCCH extended is not configured
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 112
Alcatel
EN_SPEED_DISC
HMI name
EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO
HMI name
SYNCHRONISED_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. None Internal channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled, 1: enabled
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended inner or Extended outer. Recommended rules --
Internal comment
CELL_TYPE = extended inner at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = inner cell in the BSC. CELL_TYPE = extended outer at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = outer cell in the BSC.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 113
Alcatel
EN_TCH_PREEMPT
HMI name
EN_TCH_PREEMPT

Flag BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables the TCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a call with the pvi (preemption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a call that has the pci (preemption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. None Normal assignment

BSC
Unit
None

No No No
0:disabled, 1:enabled -enable.
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to Internal comment
--
External comment
In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these TCHs before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 114
Alcatel
EN_TFO
This flag enables/ disables TFO function. None TFO Functional specification
HMI name
EN_TFO
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled; 1: enabled May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0
--
--
EN_TFO_MATCH
EN_TFO_MATCH

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function. None TFO Functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled; 1: enabled
may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 115
Alcatel
EN_TFO_OPT
HMI name
EN_TFO_OPT

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. None TFO Functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled; 1: enabled may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1
--
--
EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)
EN_TRAFFIC_HO

Flag BSC adj
Yes
This flag enables/disables the detection of traffic handover cause (cause 23). None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 116
Alcatel
EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
HMI name
EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
--
EXT_HO_FORCED
EXT_HO_FORCED

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. None Handover management

Unit
None

No No No
0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO --

Valid for both TCH and SDCCH
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 117
Alcatel
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)
List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies None System information management
HMI name
FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSS
Yes

Instance Type
List of numbers
Unit
MHz
Min value 0 Def value -1

No No
0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz
Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 1990 MHz and 2110 2170 MHz Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,,3. The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided. When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the value of -1 indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is provided. This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.
External comment
The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 118
Alcatel
FDD_Qmin(BSC)
HMI name
FDD_Qmin

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
dB
Max value -13 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS)

--
External comment
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 119
Alcatel
FDD_Qoffset (BSC)
HMI name
FDD_Qoffset

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
dB
Max value 28 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS)

The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 120
Alcatel
Filter_Suspend_Cause
HMI name
Filter_Suspend_Cause

Number BSC BSC
Yes
This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer

Unit
None

No
Mandatory rules
bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111): Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be. --
--

--
No No
FORBID_AMR_NS
FORBID_AMR_NS

Flag BSC BSS
Yes
Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. GSM 04.18 Normal assignment

Unit
None

No No No
0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. --

--
External comment
Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 121
Alcatel
FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
HMI name
FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. None DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on nonhopping BCCH TRX is forbidden --
--
--
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED
TFO HR when loaded

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred -to 1
Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set Internal comment

--
External comment
If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR. If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 122
Alcatel
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR
HMI name
Force TFO versus AMR

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used) FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1

--
External comment
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1)
Freefactor_1
HMI name
Free_Factor_1

Number BSC cell
Yes
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No No No
-Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 123
Alcatel
Freefactor_2
HMI name
Free_Factor_2

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No No No
-Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3
--

Free_Factor_3
--
Freefactor_3

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 124
Alcatel
Freefactor_4
HMI name
Free_Factor_4

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No No No
--

Free_Factor_5
--
Freefactor_5

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No No No
-Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 125
Alcatel
Freelevel_1
HMI name
Free_Level_1

Number BSC cell
Yes
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

Yes No No
-Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2

Free_Level_2
--
Freelevel_2

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
None

Yes No No
-Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 126
Alcatel
Freelevel_3
HMI name
Free_Level_3

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
None

Yes No No
-Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2

Free_Level_4
--
Freelevel_4

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
None

Yes No No
-Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 127
Alcatel
Freelevel_DR(n)
HMI name
Free_Level_DR

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

Yes Yes No
---
Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Internal comment

CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 128
Alcatel
FREQUENCY_RANGE
HMI name
FREQUENCY_RANGE

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. None Normal assignment

Unit
None
Max value 6 TRX nb

No
0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSMDCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE Mandatory rules must be equal to "Concentric" . In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC. The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Recommended rules --
Cell Type
No
RMS template
In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs. Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".
No
Internal comment
Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Note that in B7.1, GSM850 is not supported (i.e. B7.1 range [0,5]).
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 129
Alcatel
GSM_PHASE
HMI name
GSM_PHASE

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. None Normal assignment

Unit
None

No No No
0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 --

--
External comment
Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
H_LOAD_OBJ
HMI name
H_LOAD_OBJ

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. None Handover preparation

Unit

Yes Yes No
step size = 10% H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 130
Alcatel
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
HMI name
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. None Handover preparation

Unit
sec

No No No
-H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer.
External comment
--
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. None Resource allocation & management

Unit

Yes No No
-HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

--
External comment
Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 131
Alcatel
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
HMI name
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC
Yes
In the basic PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm this Load threshold is used to determine when traffic load is high or indefinite for GPRS resources. In the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold indicates the maximum number of busy radio resources in the cell before the BSC asks the MFS to decrease the number of allocated PDCHs. None Resource allocation & management

Instance Type
Threshold
cell
Unit

Yes No No
-HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

--
External comment
If EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled and LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS is set to 3, the value of this parameter can be set to a higher value (for example: 90%).
HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED
HMI name
INTERCELL_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. None Handover management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 132
Alcatel
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED
HMI name
INTRACELL_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. None Handover management

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set indepentently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
HMI name
HO_MARGIN_DIST

Number BSC adj
Yes
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No Yes No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 133
Alcatel
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)
HMI name
HO_MARGIN_LEV

Number BSC adj
Yes
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No Yes No
---
--
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)
HO_MARGIN_QUAL

Number BSC adj
Yes
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No Yes No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 134
Alcatel
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
HMI name
SDCCH_HO

Flag BSC cell
Yes
The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. None Handover management

Unit
None

No Yes No
0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled --
CT: Depends on Cell Type

HO_MARGIN
This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
HOmargin (0,n)

Number BSC adj
Yes
Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No Yes No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 135
Alcatel
HR_ENABLED
This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. None Resource allocation & management
HMI name
HR_ENABLED
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
--

I_TX_LAPD
--
I_TX_LAPD
Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. None LapD Management
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 136
Alcatel
IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL
HMI name
IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates whether or not an external 2Mbit failure is ignored. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
0 : extern 2Mbit failure not ignored, 1 : extern 2Mbit failure ignored --
--
--
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. None Resource allocation & management

Unit

Yes No No
--IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= Internal comment

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 137
Alcatel
INTAVE
HMI name
INTAVE

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. GSM TS 05.08 Resource allocation & management

Unit
Samfr

No No No
step size=1 Samfr INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3

External comment
--
INTFBD1
HMI name
Interference bands 1-2 limit

Number BSC cell
Yes
Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. GSM TS 08.58 Resource allocation & management

Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD1 < INTFBD2

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 138
Alcatel
INTFBD2
HMI name

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1

External comment
--
INTFBD3
HMI name

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 139
Alcatel
INTFBD4
HMI name

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No No

External comment
--
INTFBD5
Upper limit of interference band 5. GSM TS 08.58 Resource allocation & management
HMI name
Interference band 5 upper limit
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

System (CST) Displayed
Instance Type
Number
Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 140
Alcatel
K_GSL (BSC)
HMI name
K_GSL (BSC)

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Unit
None

No No No
--not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all cells of the MFS to which the BSC is connected. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or
--
This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (MFS).
K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 141
Alcatel
K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 142
Alcatel
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 143
Alcatel
K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
External comment
--
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 144
Alcatel
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
External comment
--
KEEP_CODEC_HO
HMI name
Keep codec on handover

Flag BSC cell
Yes
Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 145
Alcatel
L_LOAD_OBJ
HMI name
L_LOAD_OBJ

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. None Handover preparation

Unit

Yes Yes No
step size = 10% L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
External comment
--
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
HMI name
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. None Handover preparation

Unit
sec

No No No
-L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 146
Alcatel
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
HMI name
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO

Threshold BSC adj
Yes
Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm --

L_RXLEV_DL_H
--
L_RXLEV_DL_H
Downlink level threshold for handover. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 147
Alcatel
L_RXLEV_DL_P
Lower downlink level threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
L_RXLEV_DL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P
--
--
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 148
Alcatel
L_RXLEV_UL_H
Uplink level threshold for handover. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation
HMI name
L_RXLEV_UL_H
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)

L_RXLEV_UL_P
--
L_RXLEV_UL_P
Lower uplink level threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 149
Alcatel
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
HMI name
L_RXQUAL_DL_H

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) --
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
Higher value is the worst quality
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR
L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 150
Alcatel
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P
--
L_RXQUAL_UL_H
L_RXQUAL_UL_H

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) --
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Internal comment

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 151
Alcatel
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
HMI name
L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) --
--
--
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
L_RXQUAL_UL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 152
Alcatel
L_TIME_ADVANCE
HMI name
LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Low threshold to trigger handover cause too short distance in outer cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
bper

No Yes No
---

Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
LAC (BSC)
Location Area Code. GSM TS 04.08 System information management
HMI name
Location Area Code (LAC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No
--
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Recommended rules --
RMS template
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 153
Alcatel
LB_DECR
HMI name
LB_DECR

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
External comment
--
LB_INCR
HMI name
LB_INCR

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 154
Alcatel
Linkfactor (0,n)
HMI name
Link_factor

Number BSC adj
Yes
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No No No
---
--
--
LOAD_EV_PERIOD
LOAD_EV_PERIOD

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 155
Alcatel
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
HMI name
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging for the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION is enabled.
Loadfactor_1
HMI name
Load_Factor_1

Number BSC cell
Yes
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No No No
-Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 156
Alcatel
Loadfactor_2
HMI name
Load_Factor_2

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No Yes No
-Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3

Load_Factor_3
--
Loadfactor_3

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No Yes No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 157
Alcatel
Loadfactor_4
HMI name
Load_Factor_4

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No Yes No

Load_Factor_5
--
Loadfactor_5

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit
dB

No Yes No
-Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 158
Alcatel
Loadlevel_1
HMI name
Load_Level_1

Number BSC cell
Yes
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. None Handover preparation

Unit

No No No
-Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2
--

Load_Level_2
--
Loadlevel_2

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit

No No No
-Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 159
Alcatel
Loadlevel_3
HMI name
Load_Level_3

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit

No No No
-Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4
--

Load_Level_4
--
Loadlevel_4

Number BSC cell
Yes

Unit

No No No
-Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 160
Alcatel
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. None Resource allocation & management

Unit

Yes No No
-LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Recommended rules -Internal comment Logical name Definition

--
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

Threshold BSC
Yes
Load threshold used in basic GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm to determine when traffic load is low for GPRS resources. In the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold is not used. None Resource allocation & management

cell
Unit

Yes No No
-LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

--
External comment
Only meaningful if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 161
Alcatel
LSA_ID_array (BSC)
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). GSM TS 03.03 System information management
HMI name
LSA_ID_I
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number)
Internal comment
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.
External comment
The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
LSA_OFFSET
HMI name
LSA_OFFSET

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. GSM TS 05.08 Call release

Unit
dB

No No No
coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. --

--
External comment
The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 162
Alcatel
M_PEND_A
HMI name
M_PEND_A

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of received I-frame before sending acknowledgement. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
M1
Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step

BSC BSC
Yes
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. None Overload control

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 163
Alcatel
M2
HMI name
Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in one step

BSC BSC
Yes
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. None Overload control

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
--

MAX_LAPS
--
MAX_LAPS

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection. --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 164
Alcatel
MAX_POW_INC
HMI name
MAX_POW_INC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes
Maximum Power increase in one power command. None Power control & radio link supervision

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB --
--
--
MAX_POW_RED
MAX_POW_RED
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes
Maximum Power reduction in one power command. None Power control & radio link supervision

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 165
Alcatel
Max_retrans (BSC)
HMI name
MAX_RETRANS

Number BSC cell
Yes
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. GSM TS 04.08 Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
--
--
MAX_TRC_NUMBER
MAX_TRC_NUMBER

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC. None GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 166
Alcatel
MCC (BSC)
Mobile Country Code. GSM TS 04.08 System information management
HMI name
Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC OMC
Yes

Network (CDE) Set by Create
Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
3 digits BCD Equal to MCC (MFS)

Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with POLO. External comment
The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 167
Alcatel
HMI name

BSC BSC
Yes

Type
Number
Unit

No No No
---
--
--

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 168
Alcatel
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---
--
--

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 169
Alcatel
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---
--
--

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 170
Alcatel
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---
--
--

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 171
Alcatel
HMI name

Number BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
---
--
--
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]
MEAS_STAT_BFI_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
None

No No Yes
step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 172
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes
step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 173
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_5

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 174
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_6

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_7

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 175
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_8

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_BFI_9

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
None

No No Yes
step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 176
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
dB

No No Yes
coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 177
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 178
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_5

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_6

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 179
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_7

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_8

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 180
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_C_I_9

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
dBm

No No Yes
coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 181
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes
coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 182
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_5

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 183
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_6

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_7

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 184
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_8

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_LEV_9

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dBm

No No Yes
coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 185
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
dB

No No Yes
coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2

--
External comment
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB)
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 186
Alcatel
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 187
Alcatel
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 188
Alcatel
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 189
Alcatel
HMI name

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
dB

No No Yes
coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes
step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 190
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes
step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio measurements

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 191
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_5

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 192
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_6

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_7

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio measurements

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 193
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_8

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes

--
External comment
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]
HMI name
MEAS_STAT_S_9

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes
step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 194
Alcatel
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
HMI name
MIN_CONNECT_TIME

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS fast when leaving the cell with a handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
sec

No Yes No
step size=1sec --

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
MNC (BSC)
Mobile Network Code. GSM TS 04.08 System information management
HMI name
Mobile Network Code (MNC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC OMC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
3 digits BCD Equal to MNC (MFS)

Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with OEF7. In the CDE table and the Atomfile, this parameter is split into three separate digits (MNC_i [1] (BSC), MNC_i [2] (BSC), MNC_i [3] (BSC)).
External comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 195
Alcatel
MS_P_CON_ACK
Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
MS_P_CON_ACK
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
2 x Samfr

No Yes No
--
MS_P_CON_INT
MS_P_CON_INT

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. None Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
2 x Samfr

No Yes No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 196
Alcatel
MS_TXPWR_MAX
MS maximum allowed transmission power. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Mandatory rules In addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore: In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 11 dBm (16) or 9 dBm (17) or 7 dBm (18) or 5 dBm (19), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 13 dBm (15). In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 2 dBm (14) or 0 dBm (15), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 4 dBm (13). Recommended rules --
Cell Type
No
RMS template
The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
No
Internal comment
1)The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 197
Alcatel
MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)
MS maximum allowed transmission power. None Power control and radio link supervision
HMI name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Mandatory rules In addition, when sending the HO adjacency for a B7 target cell to a B6 serving BSC, the OMC shall encode the MS_TXPWR_MAX as in B6. Therefore:In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the GSM 900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 11 dBm (16) or 9 dBm (17) or 7 dBm (18) or 5 dBm (19), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 13 dBm (15). In a cell where the BCCH frequency is in the DCS 1800 or DCS1900 band, if MS_TXPWR_MAX(B7) = 2 dBm (14) or 0 dBm (15), then the value given to the B6 serving BSC is MS_TXPWR_MAX(B6) = 4 dBm (13). Recommended rules --
Cell Type
No
RMS template
No
Internal comment
1) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 198
Alcatel
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)
HMI name
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

Number BSC cell
Yes
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. --


No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 199
Alcatel
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
HMI name
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

Number BSC cell
Yes
MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric cell. None Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

1)The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN, which both apply to the outer zone frequency band. The default value depends on the inner zone frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

The default value depends on the inner zone frequency band: Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
Yes No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 200
Alcatel
MS_TXPWR_MIN
MS minimum allowed transmission power. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
MS_TXPWR_MIN
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX Mandatory rules and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --

No
No
Internal comment
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 201
Alcatel
MSCR (BSC)
HMI name
MSCR

Flag BSC BSS
Yes
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. GSM 04.18 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)

The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
External comment
--
MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING
HMI name
WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING

BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC. ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception --

--
External comment
This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 202
Alcatel
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
HMI name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING

Number BSC cell
Yes
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. 3GPP TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
None
Max value 3 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)

--

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 203
Alcatel
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
HMI name
MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

BSC cell
Yes
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover. None Handover preparation

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High --
--

N_AVG_I (BSC)
--
N_AVG_I (BSC)

Number BSC cell
Yes
Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 204
Alcatel
N_BAD_SACCH
HMI name
N_BAD_SACCH

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
Samfr

No Yes No
-T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds
Recommended rules N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1 Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
External comment
--
N_BSTXPWR_M
Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLD
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
Samfr

No Yes No
-N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS

Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 205
Alcatel
N_CLR_REQ
HMI name
NB_CLR_REQ

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. None Call release

Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
N_PREF_CELLS
NB_PREF_CELLS

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. None Handover management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 206
Alcatel
N_TCH_HO
HMI name
N_TCH_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
N_threshold
TCH load threshold for automatic AC

BSC cell
Yes
Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. None Overload control

Type
Threshold
Unit

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 207
Alcatel
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
HMI name
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Number BSC cell
Yes
Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None

Yes No No
---
--
N1
Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 208
Alcatel
N2
HMI name
Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step

BSC BSC
Yes
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. None Overload control

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
N200_GSL (BSC)
N200_GSL (BSC)

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Unit
None

No No No
-Equal to N200_GSL (MFS)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 209
Alcatel
N200_OML (BSC)
HMI name
N200_OML (BSC)

Number BSC A-bis link
Yes
Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 210
Alcatel
N200_RSL (BSC)
HMI name
N200_RSL (BSC)

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2 Internal comment

--
External comment
The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via satellite
N201 (BSC)
HMI name
N201 (BSC)

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 211
Alcatel
N201_GSL (BSC)
HMI name
N201_GSL (BSC)

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Unit
None

No No No
-Equal to N201_GSL (MFS)
--

N2X4
--
N2X4

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No
0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> 0: after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced --

--
No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 212
Alcatel
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C BCH
HMI name
Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH

BSC cell
Yes
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH. GSM TS 03.41 Short message service cell broadcast

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
-shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
--
--
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extende d_CBCH
Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH

BSC cell
Yes
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH. GSM TS 03.41 Short message service cell broadcast

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 213
Alcatel
NBLK
HMI name
NBLK

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
255: infinite transmission --
--
--
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 214
Alcatel
NBR_RESET_REP
HMI name
NBR_RESET_REP

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported. GSM TS 08.08 BSS global reset

Unit
None

No No No
If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent --
--
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 215
Alcatel
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
HMI name
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

NCC
--
NCC (BSC)
Network Colour code of the cell. None System information management
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Coded over 3 bits. Equal to NCC (MFS)

External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 216
Alcatel
NCC_permitted
HMI name
NCC permitted

List of numbers BSC cell
Yes
Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
None

No
Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted --

This parameter was previously named: PLMN_permitted.
No No
External comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
NCI
HMI name
NCI

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance. GSM TS 04.08 External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 217
Alcatel
NECI (BSC)
HMI name
NECI (BSC)

Number BSC cell
Yes
New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: not supported, 1: supported Equal to NECI (MFS)
--
--
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV

Threshold BSC adj
Yes
Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 218
Alcatel
network_operation_mode (BSC)
HMI name
Network mode of operation

Number BSC BSS
Yes
This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging. GSM TS 03.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No
3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = Mandatory rules disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III. Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS). Recommended rules --
RMS template
Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface.
No
Internal comment
corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13. Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
External comment
NUBLK
HMI name
NUBLK

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
None

No No No
255: infinite transmission --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 219
Alcatel
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO
HMI name
NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers). None Resource allocation and management

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 1 --

--
External comment
The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily.
NY1
HMI name
NY_1

Number BSC cell
Yes
Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. GSM TS 04.08 External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
-For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 220
Alcatel
OFFSET_CA_HIGH
HMI name
OFFSET_CA_HIGH

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
--
--
OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 221
Alcatel
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
HMI name
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

BSC cell
Yes
Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells). None Handover preparation

Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
---
--
--
Offset_Hopping_HO
OFFSET_HOPPING_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) --

Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 222
Alcatel
Offset_Hopping_PC
HMI name
OFFSET_HOPPING_PC

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. None Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) --

Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P
External comment
--
OPC
Signalling Point Code of the BSC. ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
BSC Signalling Point Code
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 223
Alcatel
Operator
Identifies the CBC operator. GSM TS 03.49 Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
CBC_Operator
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No
Mandatory rules
0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

--

No No
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
HMI name
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV

Threshold BSC adj
Yes
Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause level uplink micro-cell or level downlink micro-cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No

Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 224
Alcatel
PAG_BAR
HMI name
PAGING

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. None Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred --

--
External comment
this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells
PAN_DEC (BSC)
HMI name
PAN_DEC

Number BSC cell
Yes
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS)

When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 225
Alcatel
PAN_INC (BSC)
HMI name
PAN_INC

Number BSC cell
Yes
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (MFS)

External comment
--
PAN_MAX (BSC)
HMI name
PAN_MAX

Number BSC cell
Yes
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values : 4, 8, 12., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS)

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 226
Alcatel
Password
CBC password. GSM TS 03.49 Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
CBC_Password
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No
Mandatory rules
0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

--

No No
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)
HMI name
PC_MEAS_CHAN

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 227
Alcatel
PENALTY_TIME
HMI name
PENALTY_TIME

Number BSC cell
Yes
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
None

No Yes No
step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value --

External comment
--
PING_PONG_HCP
HMI name
PING_PONG_HANDICAP

Number BSC cell
Yes
A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a ping-pong effect. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 228
Alcatel
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC)
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. None System information management
HMI name
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 2 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency. band combinations. PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)

--

Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BAND is set to GSM850DCS1800, - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 229
Alcatel
POW_INC_FACTOR
Weighting factor for power increase. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
POW_INC_FACTOR
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE

Number BSC cell
Yes
Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB --
Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 230
Alcatel
POW_RED_FACTOR
Weighting factor for power reduction. None Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
POW_RED_FACTOR
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE

Number BSC cell
Yes
Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB --
Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 231
Alcatel
POWER_OFFSET_IND
HMI name
POWER_OFFSET_IND

Number BSC cell
Yes
This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in System Information. GSM TS 04.08 Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
None

No No No
0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present --
--
This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS.
PREFERRED_BAND
PREFERRED_BAND

Flag BSC BSS
Yes
Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 232
Alcatel
PRIO_THR
Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. GSM TS 05.08 System information management
HMI name
LSA_PRIO_THR
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dB

No No No
coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). --

At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity.
External comment
The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold.
PRIORITY(0,n)
HMI name
Candidate cell priority

Number BSC adj
Yes
Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 233
Alcatel
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
HMI name
Allowed priority classes

Number BSC cell
Yes
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None
Max value 6 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
--

PROT_MON --
No No
PROT_MON

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. None LapD Management

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 234
Alcatel
PROT_TH
Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
HMI name
PROT_TH
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
---

PWRC
--
PWRC (BSC)

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. Equal to PWRC (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 235
Alcatel
Q703_N1
HMI name
Q703_N1

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
None

No No No
---
--

Q703_N2
--
Q703_N2

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
bytes

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 236
Alcatel
Q703_T1
MTP2 timer alignment ready. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
Q703_T1
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
---
--

Q703_T2
--
Q703_T2
MTP2 timer not aligned. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 237
Alcatel
Q703_T3
MTP2 timer aligned. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
Q703_T3
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--

Q703_T4E
--
Q703_T4E
MTP2 Emergency proving period. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec
Min value 0.4 Def value 0.5

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 238
Alcatel
Q703_T4N
MTP2 Normal proving period. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
Q703_T4N
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--

Q703_T5
--
Q703_T5
MTP2 timer sending SIB. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 239
Alcatel
Q703_T6
MTP2 timer remote congestion. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
Q703_T6
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--

Q703_T7
--
Q703_T7

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
MTP2 timer excessive delay of acknowledgement. ITU-T Q.703 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec
Min value 0.5 Def value 1

No No No

--
External comment
In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 240
Alcatel
Q704_T2
HMI name
Q704_T2

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No
--

Q704_T4
--
Q704_T4

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 241
Alcatel
Q704_T5
HMI name
Q704_T5

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No
--

Q707_T1
--
Q707_T1

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. ITU-T Q.707 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 242
Alcatel
Q707_T2
HMI name
Q707_T2

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. ITU-T Q.707 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 243
Alcatel
Qsearch(BSC)
HMI name
Qsearch

Number BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
dBm
Max value -50 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Equal to Qsearch(MFS) for 3G neighbour cells.
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search Internal comment
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells (resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).

This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
No No
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 244
Alcatel
QUEUE_ANYWAY
HMI name
Forced_Queuing

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC. None Normal assignment

Unit
None

No No No
---

If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption capability might be queued nevertheless if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.
External comment
--
RA_CODE (BSC)
Routing Area Code for GPRS. GSM TS 04.08 System information management
HMI name
Routing Area Code for GPRS
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. Equal to RA_CODE (MFS)

Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initally set the value -1. "-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 245
Alcatel
RA_COLOUR
Routing Area Colour for GPRS. GSM TS 04.08 System information management
HMI name
Routing Area Colour for GPRS
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider. --

Transported in SYS info 3 & 4 Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initally set the value -1. "-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by BSSIM since "1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
External comment
Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
RACH_BUSY_THRES
HMI name
RACH_BUSY_THRES

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. None Radio measurements

Unit
dBm

No No No
step size = 4 dBm --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 246
Alcatel
RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
HMI name
CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. None Radio measurements

Unit
51mfr

No No No
step size=1 --
Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Internal comment

External comment
--
RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
HMI name
RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. None Radio & link establishment

Unit
bper

No No No
64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS).
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. Internal comment
--
External comment
One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 247
Alcatel
RACHRT
HMI name
CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. None Radio measurements

Unit
51mfr

No No No
step size=1 (51mfr) --
Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Internal comment

External comment
--
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
HMI name
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT

Number BSC cell
Yes
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
Samfr

No No No
step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 248
Alcatel
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
HMI name
RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
Samfr

No No No
-RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M

Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
External comment
--
RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13)
HMI name
Highest BA range ARFCNs

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element. GSM TS 04.08 Call release

Unit
None

No No No
Coded on 16 bits. RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER

--
External comment
RANGEi_HIGHER = FFFFh (65535) means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 249
Alcatel
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13)
HMI name
Lowest BA range ARFCNs

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element. GSM TS 04.08 Call release

Unit
None

No No No
Coded on 16 bits. RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER

--
External comment
RANGEi_LOWER = FFFFh(65535) means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)
RE
HMI name
CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT

Flag BSC cell
Yes
This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. GSM TS 04.08 Call release

Unit
None

No No No
0: allowed, 1: not allowed --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 250
Alcatel
RESET_INDEFINITE
HMI name
RESET_INDEFINITE

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged). None BSS global reset

Unit
None

No
0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. --
Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
No No

RESP_REQ
RESP_REQ

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag controls Response request OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. None External channel changes

Unit
None

No No No
0: IE not included, 1: IE included --

--
External comment
Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 251
Alcatel
RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX
HMI name
RMS_TEMPLATE
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC
Yes
Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). None Radio measurements

Instance Type
Number
cell
Unit
None

No No No
coded from 1 to 16 --

The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the definition field.
External comment
--
ROT
HMI name
ROT

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include Time Difference IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE. GSM TS 04.08 External channel changes

Unit
None

No
0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE --

--
No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 252
Alcatel
RSL_RATE (BSC)
Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. None LapD Management
HMI name
RSL_RATE (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s --
Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type
External comment
--
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
HMI name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

Number BSC cell
Yes
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 253
Alcatel
RXLEV_DL_IH
HMI name
RXLEV_DL_IH

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H
--
--
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
RXLEV_DL_ZONE

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. -PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE =
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 254
Alcatel
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
HMI name
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12). None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. --

RXLEV_UL_IH
--
RXLEV_UL_IH

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 255
Alcatel
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
HMI name
RXLEV_UL_ZONE

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. -PGSM or DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900: RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.)
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE =
Internal comment
Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
External comment
--
RXLEVmin(n)
HMI name
RXLEV_MIN_n

Number BSC cell
Yes
Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 256
Alcatel
Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH
HMI name
Schedule Period for Basic CBCH

BSC cell
Yes
Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. GSM TS 03.41 Short message service cell broadcast

Type
Number
Unit
CBper

No No No
---
--
--
Schedule_period_for_extended_CB CH
GSM TS 03.41 Short message service cell broadcast
Schedule period for Extended CBCH

BSC cell
Yes
Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.

Type
Number
Unit
CBper

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 257
Alcatel
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
HMI name
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
8 bits, step size=1sec --
--
--
SDCCH_COUNTER
SDCCH_COUNTER

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. None Handover management

Unit
2 x Samfr

No No No
Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Internal comment

--
External comment
0 means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 258
Alcatel
SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
HMI name
SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
--
--
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 259
Alcatel
SLC
Signalling Link Code. ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)
HMI name
Signalling Link Code
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC N7 ch
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
SMS_INHIBIT
This flag enables/disables SMS support. None Short message service point-to-point
HMI name
SMS_INHIBIT
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 260
Alcatel
SMSCB_Features_set
HMI name
SMSCB_Features_Set

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
None

No No
1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2
Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0" Recommended rules --
RMS template
When migrating from FS1 to FS2, USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
SMSCB_Mode
HMI name
SMSCB_Mode

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. None Short message service cell broadcast

System (CST) Displayed
Unit
None

No No No
0: OMC-R, 1: CBC --

Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 261
Alcatel
SMSCB_Phase
HMI name
SMSCB_Phase

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
None

No No
0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+
If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
--
SMSCB_Recovery
SMSCB_Recovery

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
None

No No No
0: No, 1: Yes
shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 262
Alcatel
SMSCB_State
HMI name
SMSCB_State

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. None SMSCB B7.2

Unit
None

No No No
0: activated, 1: deactivated --

From B7.1 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the BSC.
External comment
This parameter can be changed by OMC-R using commande "CMD-Mode".
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
HMI name
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell 1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 263
Alcatel
SSF
HMI name
SSF

Number BSC BSC
Yes
This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. ITU-T Q.704 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
None

No
coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use --

--
No No
External comment
SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits.
STRIP_O5_CM2
HMI name
Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2

Flag BSC BSC
Yes
This flag controls the format of the Classmark 2 IE sent to the MSC. None Classmark handling

Unit
None

No No No
0: no modification on Classmark2 IE, 1: octet 5 of Classmark2 IE is stripped out EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the Mandatory rules same time. Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 264
Alcatel
T(conn est)
HMI name
T(conn est)

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. ITU-T Q.714 Radio & link establishment

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.5sec T(conn est) < T9105
--

T(iar)
--
T(iar)

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. ITU-T Q.714 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 6sec --
Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 265
Alcatel
T(ias)
HMI name
T(ias)

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. ITU-T Q.714 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 6sec --
Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

T(rel)
--
T(rel)

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. ITU-T Q.714 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 266
Alcatel
T(sst)
HMI name
T(sst)

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. ITU-T Q.714 (SS7 parameter)

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 6sec --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 267
Alcatel
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP
HMI name
Autocleaning_Timer

Timer BSC BSS
Yes
Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. None Resource allocation and management

Unit
sec

No No
step size = 1 sec
Either {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds} or {T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0} Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Corresponds to B6 parameter T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP, but with behaviour extended to TCH. T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. Recommendation for customising this value at migration time: If B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP = 0: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=0 if 0 < B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP <= 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=30 if B6.2 value of T_SDCCH_MEAS_REP > 30: T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP=T_SDCCH_MEAS_R EP
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 268
Alcatel
T_AVG_T (BSC)
HMI name
T_AVG_T

Number BSC cell
Yes
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS)
--

T_AVG_W
--
T_AVG_W (BSC)

Number BSC cell
Yes
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. GSM TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 269
Alcatel
T_BIND_CNF
HMI name
T_BIND_CNF

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1 sec Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
--
--
T_BTS_EST_CNF
T_BTS_EST_CNF

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. None Short message service point-to-point

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 270
Alcatel
T_BTS_RLS_CNF
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. None Short message service point-to-point
HMI name
T_BTS_RLS_CNF
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--

T_BURST
--
T_BURST

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
sec

No No No
step size =0.1 sec --
Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Internal comment

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 271
Alcatel
T_CBC_READY
HMI name
T_CBC_READY

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
sec

No No No
step size: 1 sec --
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Internal comment Logical name Definition
--

T_CONNECT
--
T_CONNECT

Number BSC
Yes
Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 call setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Network layer. None Short message service cell broadcast

BSC
Unit
sec

No No No
step size: 1 sec --
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Internal comment

This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 272
Alcatel
T_COUNT_I
HMI name
T_COUNT_I

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
---
--

T_DELAY
--
T_DELAY

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish. None LapD Management

Unit
sec

No No No
--the time needed for the FU to detect the Abis link failure)
Recommended rules T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 273
Alcatel
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
T_DELAY_GSL
HMI name
T_DELAY_GSL

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two LAPD establishment attempts.

--System (CST) None (DLS)
Unit
sec

No No No
--
--
T_FILTER
HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. None Handover preparation

Unit
2 x Samfr

No No No
step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 274
Alcatel
T_GPRS_Resume
HMI name
T_GPRS_Resume

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel. 3GPP TS 24.00 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10 s) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1))
--
T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008
T_GSL_ACK (BSC)
T_GSL_ACK_BSC

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1 sec --
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 275
Alcatel
T_HCP
HMI name
T_HCP

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
sec

No No No
step size= 1sec --
--
--
T_HO_REQD_LOST
T_HO_REQD_LOST

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. None External channel changes

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 external handover execution
Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for Internal comment
--
External comment
Depends on MSC type
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 276
Alcatel
T_i
HMI name
T_i

Timer Network (CDE) Displayed BSC BSC
Yes
Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. None BSS global reset
Unit
sec

No No No
Paging & access grant control --

T_IA
--
T_IA

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue.

step size = 0.1sec T_IA<T3101 Site (CAE) Changeable
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 277
Alcatel
T_INHIBIT_CPT
HMI name
T_INHIBIT_CPT

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. None Handover preparation

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1 sec --
--
T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.
T_INTRF_L3
RF_RES_IND_PERIOD

Timer BSC BTS
Yes
Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec & T_INTRF_L3
T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) > INTAVE Recommended rules --
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 278
Alcatel
T_LB_OV
HMI name
T_LB_OV

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No

External comment
--
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure. None Paging and Access Grant control
HMI name
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) configuration
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell Internal comment
Needed for MPDCH feature
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 279
Alcatel
T_MS_CELL_REJ
HMI name
T_MS_CELL_REJ

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts. None Handover management

Unit
sec

No No No
--

T_OVL_MSC
--
T_OVL_MSC

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 280
Alcatel
Paging & access grant control
T_PAG_CS (BSC)
HMI name
T_PAG_CS

Timer BSC cell
Yes
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.

step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) Site (CAE) Changeable
Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
round trip delay between MSC and BTS

T_PAG_PS
--
T_PAG_PS (BSC)

Timer BSC cell
Yes
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. None Paging & access grant control

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS)
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Internal comment

round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 281
Alcatel
T_PDA
HMI name
T_PDA

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment on PCH remains in the PCH queue.

step size = 0.1sec When the BSC has migrated to B7.2, the T_PDA parameter is computed by a B7.2 OMC as follows: T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently, Site (CAE) Virtual changeable
Unit
sec

No No
T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2 T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=3 T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=4 T_PDA = 1400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=5 T_PDA = 1600 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=6 T_PDA = 2000 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=7 T_PDA = 2200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=8 T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9. Recommended rules --
RMS template External comment

--
No
Internal comment
In an OMC B7.1, the T_PDA parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the T_PDA parameter is no more changeable and computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS parameter. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the T_PDA_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 282
Alcatel
T_PUA
HMI name
T_PUA

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue.

step size = 0.1sec When the BSC has migrated to B7.2, the T_PUA parameter is computed by a B7.2 OMC as follows: T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below) AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPR S_agch_queuing_max (ms)/Comments Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/800/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/800/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/600/ Site (CAE) Virtual changeable
Unit
sec

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 283
Alcatel
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Recommended rules --

--
No
Internal comment
In an OMC B7.1, the T_PUA parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the T_PUA parameter is no more changeable and computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the T_PUA_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 284
Alcatel
T_qho
Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. GSM TS 08.08 Resource allocation & management
HMI name
T_QHO
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)

T_RCR_ACK
--
T_RCR_ACK
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. None Call release

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 285
Alcatel
---
T_RECOVERY
HMI name
T_RECOVERY

Timer BSC OMC
Yes
Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure occurs. None

Unit
mn

No No No

Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool
External comment
--
T_RMS_BSC
General supervision of RMS in the BSC. None Radio Measurements
HMI name
T_RMS_BSC
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 100 ms --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 286
Alcatel
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration. None Radio measurements
HMI name
T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
---
--
--
T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart. None Radio measurements
T_RMS_BSC_RESTART
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 287
Alcatel
T_RMS_BTS
HMI name
T_RMS_BTS

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements. None Radio Measurements

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC
Recommended rules T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

T_SDCCH_PC
--
T_SDCCH_PC

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. None Power control & radio link supervision

Unit
2 x Samfr

No No No
step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) --
Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 288
Alcatel
T_SMSCB_RESP
HMI name
T_SMSCB_RESP

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1 sec --

--
External comment
Recommendation for customising this value at migration time: Take B6.2 value of T_SMSCB_READY.
T_TFO
HMI name
T_TFO

Timer BSC BTS
Yes
Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO. None TFO Functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms --

--
External comment
This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater via satellite.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 289
Alcatel
T1_0858
HMI name
T1_0858

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. GSM TS 08.58 Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec T1_0858 < T2_0858
--

T1_long
--
T1_long

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure. None Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit

Unit
sec

No No No
---
Recommended rules T1_long >= T1_short Internal comment

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 290
Alcatel
T1_short
Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. GSM TS 08.08 Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
HMI name
T1
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

T11
T11
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. GSM TS 08.08 Resource allocation & management
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 291
Alcatel
T11_FORCED
HMI name
T11_FORCED

Timer BSC BSS
Yes
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)

Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1). Provision in MIB B5
External comment
T13
HMI name
T13

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. GSM TS 08.08 BSS global reset

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 292
Alcatel
T17
HMI name
T17

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD. GSM TS 08.08 Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
step size: 0.1 sec T17 < T18_overload
--

T18
--
T18

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. GSM TS 08.08 Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
Step size: 0.1 sec --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 293
Alcatel
T18_Overload
HMI name
T18_OVERLOAD

Timer BSC
Yes
Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure. GSM TS 08.08 Overload control

BSC
Unit
sec

No No No
step size: 0.1 sec T18_OVERLOAD > T17

Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD
External comment
--
T19
Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. GSM TS 05.08 Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
HMI name
T19
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 294
Alcatel
T2_0858
HMI name
T2_0858

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD. GSM TS 08.58 Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec T2_0858 > T1_0858
--

T20
--
T20
Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. GSM TS 08.08 Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size=0.1 sec --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 295
Alcatel
T200 (BSC)
Supervision of acknowledgements. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management
HMI name
T200 (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC A-bis link
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No
step size: 100ms; (0: 100ms, 1: 200ms,) 2: 300ms, 3: 400ms, .. . , 9: 1000ms --

--
External comment
To configure the Abis side of a BSS as satellite links, the value has to be set to 1 second. (for OML 64k and OML16k as well as for RSL64k or RSL16k) This parameter is not included in the RNO/RNP-CMA logical parameter file interface. If the Abis satellite link is removed, T200 (BSC) will be reset to its default value. The value of T200 (BSC) driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 1sec for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec. It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 296
Alcatel
Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
T200_GSL (BSC)
HMI name
T200_GSL (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-Equal to T200_GSL (MFS) T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) --

T203 (BSC)
--
T203 (BSC)
Link supervision timer. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-Equal to T203 (MFS)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 297
Alcatel
T203_GSL (BSC)
Link supervision timer on the GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
HMI name
T203_GSL (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-Equal to T203_GSL (MFS)
--

T3101
--
T3101

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. GSM TS 04.08 Radio & link establishment

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T3101 > 2s Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 298
Alcatel
T3103
Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. GSM TS 04.08 Internal channel changes
HMI name
T3103
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec
Max value 25.5 TRX nb Cell Type

No No
step size = 0.1sec T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 >
T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3106_F_HR Recommended rules --
RMS template External comment HMI name

T3105_D --
No
--
T3105_D

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. GSM TS 04.08 External channel changes

Unit
ms

No No No
--
T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH)
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 299
Alcatel
T3105_D_STOP
Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. None External channel changes
HMI name
T3105_D_STOP
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame --

External comment
--
T3105_F_FR
HMI name
T3105_F_FR

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels. GSM TS 04.08 External channel changes

Unit
ms

No No No
--
T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
Internal comment
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 300
Alcatel
T3105_F_HR
HMI name
T3105_F_HR

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels. GSM TS 04.08 External channel changes

Unit
ms

No No No
--
T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)
Internal comment
External comment
--
T3105_F_STOP
Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. None External channel changes
HMI name
T3105_F_STOP
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 301
Alcatel
T3106_D
HMI name
T3106_D

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover. None External channel changes

Unit
ms

No No No
--
T3106_D < T3103 Mandatory rules T3106_D < T9113 Recommended rules --
Internal comment
External comment
--
T3106_D_STOP
Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. None External channel changes
HMI name
T3106_D_STOP
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 302
Alcatel
T3106_F
HMI name
T3106_F

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover. None External channel changes

Unit
ms

No No No
--
T3106_F < T3103 Mandatory rules T3106_F < T9113 Recommended rules --
Internal comment
External comment
--
T3106_F_STOP
Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. None External channel changes
HMI name
T3106_F_STOP
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 303
Alcatel
T3107
Supervision of the Assignment procedure. GSM TS 04.08 Normal assignment
HMI name
T3107
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--

T3109
--
T3109
Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. GSM TS 04.08 Call release
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 304
Alcatel
T3111
Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. GSM TS 04.08 Call release
HMI name
T3111
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

T3122
--
T3122

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid sleeping cell problems. None System information management

Unit
mn

No No No
Step size = 1 min --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 305
Alcatel
T3168 (BSC)
HMI name
T3168
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC
Yes
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. 3GPP TS 04.60 System information management
Rec reference Spec reference

Instance Type
Timer
cell
Unit
sec
Max value 4 TRX nb

No
Coded on 3 bits as follows: Coding rules 000: 500 ms 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Equal to T3168 (MFS) Mandatory rules The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select the value of 500 ms. Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
No No
Internal comment
The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms) 2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay. T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter. T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum BSS Telecom parameters
External comment
The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 306
Alcatel
queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered. Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 307
Alcatel
T3192 (BSC)
HMI name
T3192

Timer BSC cell
Yes
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. 3GPP TS 04.60 System information management

Unit
ms

No
Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Equal to T3192 (MFS) Mandatory rules The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select values lower than 500 ms. Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) - Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
No No
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 308
Alcatel
T3212 (BSC)
HMI name
T3212

Number BSC cell
Yes
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. GSM TS 04.08 System information management

Unit
6 mn

No No No
0: no periodic location update Equal to T3212 (MFS)
--

T4
--
T4
Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. GSM TS 08.08 BSS global reset
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
External comment
T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 309
Alcatel
T7
HMI name
T7

Timer Site (CAE) Changeable BSC BSC
Yes
Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. GSM TS 08.08 Handover management
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST
--

T8
T8

Timer Site (CAE) Changeable BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. GSM TS 08.08 External channel changes
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 310
Alcatel
T9101
HMI name
T9101

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. None Call release

Unit
sec

No No No
--

T9103
--
T9103
Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. None Normal assignment
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 311
Alcatel
T9104
HMI name
T9104

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. None Call release

Unit
sec

No No No
--

T9105
--
T9105
Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. None Radio & link establishment
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec
Max value 6553,5 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
step size = 0.1sec T9105 > T(conn est)
Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 312
Alcatel
T9108
Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. None Normal assignment
HMI name
T9108
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

--

T9110
--
T9110
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC
Yes
Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). None Call release

Instance Type
Timer
BSC
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec -Due to implementation of SCCP reassembly procedure in B7.2, the value of T9110 should be increased of at least 10 sec compared to B6.2.
Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)].
Internal comment
Additional value of 10 sec corresponds to following rule : T9110 (B7.1) >= T9110 (B6.2) + Treassembly.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 313
Alcatel
T9112
Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. None Channel modification
HMI name
T9112
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec
Max value 6553,5 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
step size = 0.1sec -supervising the Modify procedure.
Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

T9113
--
T9113

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. None External channel changes

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec
T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 314
Alcatel
TA_STAT
HMI name
TA_STAT

Number BSC cell
Yes
Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
bper

No No No
---
--
1 bper corresponds to about 550m
TCH_INFO_PERIOD
TCH_INFO_PERIOD

Timer BSC BSS
Yes
Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
sec

No No No
stepsize = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 315
Alcatel
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
HMI name
TEMPORARY_OFFSET

Number BSC cell
Yes
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. GSM TS 05.08 System information management

Unit
dB

No Yes No
step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity --

External comment
--
THR_CCCH_LOAD
HMI name
Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. None Radio measurements

Unit

No No No
---

Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 316
Alcatel
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
HMI name
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. None Resource Allocation and Management

Unit

Yes No No
step size = 10%
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
--
B6 name :THR_FR_LOAD_L
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. None Resource allocation and management

Unit

Yes No No
Step size = 10%
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 317
Alcatel
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
HMI name
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. None Resource allocation and management

Unit

Yes No No
Step size = 10%
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
--
corresponds to B6 parameter THR_FR_LOAD_U
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. None Resource allocation and management

Unit

Yes No No
Step size = 10%
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 318
Alcatel
THR_LB_OV
HMI name
THR_LB_OV

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
Threshold for channel adaptation under high load. None Handover preparation
HMI name
THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 319
Alcatel
THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
HMI name
THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
--
--
THRESHOLD_1_0
THRESHOLD_1_0

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Free buffer thresholds separating no overload condition and overload level 1 condition when pointer P points at position 0. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
-THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 320
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_1
HMI name
THRESHOLD_1_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_1_10
THRESHOLD_1_10

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 321
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_2
HMI name
THRESHOLD_1_2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_1_3
THRESHOLD_1_3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 322
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_4
HMI name
THRESHOLD_1_4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_1_5
THRESHOLD_1_5

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 323
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_6
HMI name
THRESHOLD_1_6

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_1_7
THRESHOLD_1_7

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 324
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_8
HMI name
THRESHOLD_1_8

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_1_9
THRESHOLD_1_9

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 325
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_2_0
HMI name
THRESHOLD_2_0

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Free buffer thresholds separating overload level 1 condition and overload level 2 condition when pointer P points at position 0. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
-THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0
--
--
THRESHOLD_2_1
THRESHOLD_2_1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 326
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_2_10
HMI name
THRESHOLD_2_10

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_2_2
THRESHOLD_2_2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 327
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_2_3
HMI name
THRESHOLD_2_3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_2_4
THRESHOLD_2_4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 328
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_2_5
HMI name
THRESHOLD_2_5

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_2_6
THRESHOLD_2_6

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 329
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_2_7
HMI name
THRESHOLD_2_7

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--
--
THRESHOLD_2_8
THRESHOLD_2_8

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 330
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_2_9
HMI name
THRESHOLD_2_9

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes

Unit

No No No
--

TL_TCUA
--
TL_TCUA

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 331
Alcatel
TL1
HMI name
TL1

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
-TL1 < TL2
--

TL2
--
TL2

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
-TL3 > TL4

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 332
Alcatel
TL3
HMI name
TL3

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from high load status to low load status. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
-TL3 < TL4
--

TL4
--
TL4

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Threshold on TCU processor occupancy for transition from low load status to high load status. None Overload control

Unit

No No No
-TL4 > TL3

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 333
Alcatel
Treassembly
HMI name
Treassembly

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a segmented layer 3 message. Q714 External channel changes

Unit
sec

No No No

Treassembly < T9110 (in B7.1, the rule is checked neither by BSC nor OMC.
External comment
--
TRG_SDCCH
HMI name
TRG_SDCCH

Flag BSC BSC proc
Yes
Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
1 for TCU, 0 for others --

--
External comment
This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 334
Alcatel
TRX_PREF_MARK
HMI name
Preference Mark

Number BSC TRX
Yes
Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour CS radio resource allocations on a TRX. None Resource allocation & management

Unit
None
Max value 7 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: lowest preference mark (disfavour CS allocations on the corresponding TRX) 7: highest preference mark (favour CS allocations on the corresponding TRX) -the TRX_Pref_Mark of TRXs not supporting GPRS. 2) In order to avoid conflicts between CS and PS allocations, it is recommended to set the TRX_Pref_Mark in ascending order of their O&M TRX identity on GPRS TRXs: The GPRS TRX having the highest TRX identity should be set to the highest TRX_Pref_Mark, and the GPRS TRX having the lowest TRX identity should be set to a lower TRX_Pref_Mark. A GPRS TRX is a TRX with GPRS_PREF_MARK <> 0.
Recommended rules 1) The TRX_Pref_Mark of a TRX supporting GPRS should be lower than
No No
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 335
Alcatel
TS_TCUA
HMI name
TS_TCUA

Timer BSC BSC
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA
--

TSC
--
TSC

Number BSC cell
Yes
Training Sequence Code used on all channels except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH channels. GSM TS 05.02 Radio & link establishment

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. For BCCH and CCCH channels (as defined in GSM TS 05.02) and for CBCH channel, the Training Sequence Code is set to the BCC.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 336
Alcatel
Tx_integer (BSC)
HMI name
TX_INTEGER

Number BSC cell
Yes
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. 3GPP TS 04.18 Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 337
Alcatel
51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51multiframe.
Internal comment
For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment
Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
HMI name
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No
coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm --

External comment
--
U_RXLEV_DL_P
Upper downlink level threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
U_RXLEV_DL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dBm

No No No
coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 338
Alcatel
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
HMI name
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

Threshold BSC cell
Yes
Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dBm

No Yes No

External comment
--
U_RXLEV_UL_P
Upper uplink level threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
U_RXLEV_UL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
dBm

No Yes No
coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Internal comment

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 339
Alcatel
U_RXQUAL_DL_P
Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
HMI name
U_RXQUAL_DL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P
--
Highest value is the worst quality
U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. GSM TS 05.08 Power control & radio link supervision
U_RXQUAL_UL_P
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P

--
External comment
Highest value is the worst quality
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 340
Alcatel
U_TIME_ADVANCE
Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. GSM TS 05.08 Handover preparation
HMI name
UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
bper

No Yes No
---
CT: Depends on Cell type

Extended CBCH
One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
Use_of_Extended_CBCH
This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. None Short message service cell broadcast
B7.2 Sub-system
BSC cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: not used, 1: used
shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes".
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 341
Alcatel
VQ_AVERAGE
HMI name
VQ_AVERAGE

Number BSC BSC
Yes
Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
Samfr

No No Yes
step size = 1 Samfr --

--
External comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
VQ_BAD_RXFER
HMI name
VQ_BAD_RXFER

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit

No No Yes
coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 342
Alcatel
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD
HMI name
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit

No No Yes
step size = 1% --

--
External comment
VQ_GOOD_RXFER
HMI name
VQ_GOOD_RXFER

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit

No No Yes
coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 343
Alcatel
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD
HMI name
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit

No No Yes
step size = 1% --

--
External comment
VQ_RXLEV
HMI name
VQ_RXLEV

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
dBm

No No Yes
0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 344
Alcatel
VQ_RXQUAL
HMI name
VQ_RXQUAL

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
None

No No Yes
step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) --

--
External comment
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
HMI name
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER

Threshold BSC BSC
Yes
Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. None Radio Measurements

Unit
None

No No Yes
step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) --

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 345
Alcatel
W_LEV_HO
HMI name
W_LEV_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
None

No No No
-A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
--

W_LEV_MCHO
--
W_LEV_MCHO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
None

No Yes No
-A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16

Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 346
Alcatel
W_LEV_PC
HMI name
W_LEV_PC

Number BSC cell
Yes
Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
None

No No No
-A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
--

W_PBGT_HO
--
W_PBGT_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
None

No No No
-A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 347
Alcatel
W_QUAL_CA
HMI name
W_QUAL_CA

Number BSC cell
Yes
Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). None Codec Adaptation

Unit
None

No No No
---
--

W_QUAL_HO
--
W_QUAL_HO

Number BSC cell
Yes
Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
None

No No No
-A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 348
Alcatel
W_QUAL_PC
HMI name
W_QUAL_PC

Number BSC cell
Yes
Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. None Radio measurements data processing

Unit
None

No No No
-A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
--
--
WI_CR
Wait Indication for Call Re-establishment

BSC cell
Yes
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Call Re-establishment. GSM TS 04.08 Radio & link establishment

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 349
Alcatel
WI_EC
HMI name
Wait Indication for Emergency Calls

BSC cell
Yes
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Emergency call. GSM TS 04.08 Radio & link establishment

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
--
--
WI_OC
Wait Indication for Originating Calls

BSC cell
Yes
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Originating call. GSM TS 04.08 Radio & link establishment

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 350
Alcatel
WI_OP
HMI name
Wait Indication for SDCCH procedures

BSC cell
Yes
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Location updating or Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH. GSM TS 04.08 Radio & link establishment

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
--
--
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL

Number BSC cell
Yes
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 351
Alcatel
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
HMI name
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL

Number BSC cell
Yes
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. None Handover preparation

Unit
dB

No No No
---
--

TRX zone
--
ZONE_TYPE

List of numbers BSC TRX
Yes
Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell. None Handover preparation

Unit
None

No Yes No
Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. --

This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 352
Alcatel
BTS
parameters
ABORT_FRAME
Abort frame threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
HMI name
ABORT_FRAME
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None
Min value 1 Def value 2^16
Max value 2^16 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
2^16 coded as 0 --
Configured via the FU.CPF file

AG_FULL
--
AG_FULL

Number BTS cell
Yes
Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot. None Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
---

Coded in the firmware
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 353
Alcatel
BCCH_CUT_TIMER
HMI name
BCCH_CUT_TIMER

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection. None LapD Management

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec --
--
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND
BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND

Flag BTS BTS
Yes
Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS. None Resource allocation & management

Site (CAE) None (not in DLS)
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 354
Alcatel
CRC_ERR
CRC error threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
HMI name
CRC_ERR
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None
Min value 1 Def value 2E+16
Max value 2E+16 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
2E+16 coded as 0 --
--
DMA_OVERRUN
DMA_OVERRUN

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in reception). None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
2E+16 coded as 0 --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 355
Alcatel
DMA_UNDERRUN
HMI name
DMA_UNDERRUN

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in transmission). None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
2E+16 coded as 0 --
--
FRAME_DISCARD
FRAME_DISCARD

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
2E+16 coded as 0 --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 356
Alcatel
I_LAPD_MAX_RX
HMI name
I_LAPD_MAX_RX

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules > LAPD window size +3 Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
I_LAPD_MAX_TX
I_LAPD_MAX_TX

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 357
Alcatel
INACT_DLCI
Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
HMI name
INACT_DLCI
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
2**16 coded as 0 --

INVALID_ADR
--
INVALID_ADR

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct). None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
2E+16 coded as 0 --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 358
Alcatel
K_LAPD_OML
Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management
HMI name
K_LAPD_OML
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

K_LAPD_RSL
--
K_LAPD_RSL
Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Network (CDE) None (not in DLS)
Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 359
Alcatel
K_LAPDm
Maximum number of outstanding I frames. GSM TS 04.06 LapD Management
HMI name
K_LAPDm
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

N_DECR
--
N_DECR

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 360
Alcatel
N_INCR
HMI name
N_INCR

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an overload is reported. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

N_WAIT
--
N_WAIT

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 361
Alcatel
N200_LE
HMI name
N200_LE

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Link Establishment state. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
---

N200_LR
--
N200_LR

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Link Release state. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 362
Alcatel
N200_OML (BTS)
HMI name
N200_OML (BTS)

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML). GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---
--
N200_RSL (BTS)
N200_RSL (BTS)

Number BTS A-bis link
Yes
Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL). GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis connection type, At migration time, it is set to 5 for all Abis, if at least one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500mS It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) default Value : 10 in case of Abis terrestrial link, 5 in case of Abis via satellite
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 363
Alcatel
N200_TD
HMI name
N200_TD

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SDCCH. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
---

N200_TS
--
N200_TS

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SACCH. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 364
Alcatel
N200_TTF
HMI name
N200_TTF

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated). GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
---

N200_TTH
--
N200_TTH

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated). GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 365
Alcatel
N201 (BTS)
Maximum length of user data in an I frame. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management
HMI name
N201 (BTS)
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
bytes

No No No
---

N201_C
--
N201_C

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH. GSM TS 04.06 LapD Management

Not Used (NU) None (not in DLS)
Unit
bytes

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 366
Alcatel
N201_D
HMI name
N201_D
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes
Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH. GSM TS 04.06 LapD Management

Instance Type
Number
Unit
bytes

No No No
---

N201_S
--
N201_S
Length of information field on SACCH. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
bytes

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 367
Alcatel
PDA_FULL
HMI name
PDA_FULL

Number BTS cell
Yes
Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH group. None Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
---
Coded in the firmware.

PG_FULL
--
PG_FULL

Number BTS cell
Yes
Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group. None Paging & access grant control

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
For FUCO : max=def=200
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 368
Alcatel
RSL_RATE (BTS)
Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS. None LapD Management
HMI name
RSL_RATE (BTS)
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s. --

Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value
External comment
--
SHORT_FRM
Short frame threshold for alarm detection. None LapD Management
HMI name
SHORT_FRM
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
2**16 coded as 0 --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 369
Alcatel
T_CFI_TR
HMI name
T_CFI_TR

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Guard time in the BTS for the filtering of transcoder alarms after ESTABLISH INDICATION. None Normal assignment

Unit
sec

No No No
-T_CFI_TR >> T_SYNC
Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF.
--
T_RESET_COUNTER
Used to reset LAPD error counters. None LapD Management
T_RESET_COUNTER
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 370
Alcatel
T_SMSCB_READY
HMI name
T_SMSCB_READY

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS. None Short message service cell broadcast

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec --

T_SUP
--
T_SUP

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU load counter. None Overload control

Unit
sec

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 371
Alcatel
T_SYNC
HMI name
Tsync

Timer BTS TRAU
Yes
Time for detection of loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder for full rate channels. GSM TS 08.60 TRCU/BTS interface

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec --
Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
External comment
TsyncD
--
T_SYNCd
HMI name

Timer BTS TRAU
Yes
Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced full rate and half rate channels. GSM TS 08.60 TRCU/BTS interface

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 372
Alcatel
T_SYNCu
HMI name
TsyncU

Timer BTS TRAU
Yes
Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels. GSM TS 08.60 TRCU/BTS interface

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1sec --
External comment
Tta
--
T_ta
HMI name

Timer System (CST) None (not in DLS) BTS BTS
Yes
Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes. GSM TS 08.61 TRCU/BTS interface
Unit
ms

No No No
step size = 20ms --

External comment
Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 373
Alcatel
T200_D
HMI name
T200_D

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

T200_D3
--
T200_D3

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 374
Alcatel
T200_OMU
HMI name
T200_TRE

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW. None LapD Management

Unit
sec

No No No
---
hardcoded in OMU PROM.

T200_S3
--
T200_S3

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 375
Alcatel
T200_SD
HMI name
T200_SD

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

T200_ST
--
T200_ST

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 376
Alcatel
T200_TF
HMI name
T200_TF

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

T200_TH
--
T200_TH

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0. GSM TS 04.06 LAPDm functional specification

Unit
ms

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 377
Alcatel
T200_TRE
HMI name
T200_TRE

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management

Unit
ms

No No No
step size 10 ms --

--
External comment
The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis connection type, It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
T203 (BTS)
RSL Link supervision timer. GSM TS 08.56 LapD Management
HMI name
T203 (BTS)
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 378
Alcatel
THR_ACT_1
HMI name
THR_ACT_1

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

THR_ACT_2
--
THR_ACT_2

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU. None Overload control

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 379
Alcatel
THR_BUFFER
Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit. None Overload control
HMI name
THR_BUFFER
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit

No No No
---

THR_IDLE
--
THR_IDLE
Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit. None Overload control
B7.2 Sub-system
BTS BTS
Yes

Instance Type
Threshold
Unit

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 380
Alcatel
THRES_HIGH_TX
HMI name
THRES_HIGH_TX

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. None LapD Management

Unit

No No No
---
Recommended rules THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
THRES_LOW_TX
THRES_LOW_TX

Threshold BTS BTS
Yes
Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. None LapD Management

Unit

No No No
---
Recommended rules THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX Internal comment

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 381
Alcatel
TLC_CONFIG_T
HMI name
TLC_CONFIG_T

Timer BTS BTS
Yes
Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL. None BSS init of telecom part

Unit
sec

No No No
---
Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file
--
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX

Number BTS BTS
Yes
Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. None LapD Management

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 382
Alcatel
MFS
parameters
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE_DEF
Default format of the access burst sent by MS. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE_DEF
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts --

When set to 0, only 8 bits access burst types shall be sent by the MS. Otherwise, 11 bits access burst types shall be sent by the MS, except for FUMO (8 bits).
External comment
--
ACCESS_RATE_BC
HMI name
ACCESS_RATE_BC

Number MFS BC
Yes
Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. None GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer -Not changeable after MFS system initialization.

Unit
kbit/s

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 383
Alcatel
ALPHA (MFS)
Alpha power control parameter. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
ALPHA
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 1010 Equal to ALPHA (BSC)
--
--
ATT (MFS)
IMSI Attach/Detach

Flag MFS cell
Yes
This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (BSC)

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 384
Alcatel
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (BSC)
BCC (MFS)
BTS colour code of the cell.
HMI name
BCC
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
BCC (n)
BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded over 3 bits --
HMI name
BCC
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 385
Alcatel
BCCH_ARFCN(n)
HMI name
BCCH_ARFCN

Number MFS adj
Yes
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --

Unit
None
Min value 0 Def value None

No No
In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC. Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
External comment
In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited to TCHs.
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)
HMI name
BS_AG_BLKS_RES

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)

Unit
None

No No
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Recommended rules --
RMS template
Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
No
Internal comment
Needed for MPDCH feature. At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel. This check is done by the OMC only towards B7.2 BSS.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 386
Alcatel
BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
HMI name
BS_CV_MAX
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. 3GPP TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Instance Type
Number
cell
Unit
None

No No No
Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip
Internal comment
--
External comment
Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 387
Alcatel
BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)
HMI name
BS_PA_MFRMS

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
HMI name
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No
coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS

No No
External comment
According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH = (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRSattached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 388
Alcatel
BS_PBCCH_BLKS
HMI name
BS_PBCCH_BLKS

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No
coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH --
No No
--
BS_PRACH_BLKS
BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
coded on 4 bits (0000: 0, .., 1100: 12) ALCATEL BSS only supports values from 1 to 8. --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 389
Alcatel
BS_PRR_BLKS
HMI name
BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum number of radio blocks which may be allocated to the Packet Resource Request in case of two phase access, per 52 multiframe on each uplink slave PDCH. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
radio blocks

No No No
6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
--
--
BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH
BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum number of radio blocks which may be allocated to a Packet Resource Request in case of two phase access, per 52 multiframe on each uplink Master PDCH. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
radio blocks

No No No
6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS

number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request. Needed for MPDCH feature
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 390
Alcatel
BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)
BTS maximum allowed transmission power. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)
HMI name
BS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB
Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
bssgp_T1
Guards the (un)blocking procedures. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
HMI name
T1
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size=1sec --

In B7.1, this parameter is defined as a System(CST) parameter.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 391
Alcatel
bssgp_T2
Guards the reset procedure. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
HMI name
T2
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size=1sec --

External comment
--
bssgp_T3
HMI name
BSSGP_T3

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 -; ; 100: 10

Unit
sec

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 392
Alcatel
bssgp_T4
HMI name
BSSGP_T4

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 -; ; 100: 10

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Internal comment

External comment
--
BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES
Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
HMI name
BVC BLOCK RETRIES
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS NSE
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 393
Alcatel
BVC_RESET_RETRIES
Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
HMI name
BVC RESET RETRIES
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS NSE
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES

Number MFS NSE
Yes
Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 394
Alcatel
C31_HYST
HMI name
C31_HYST

Flag MFS cell
Yes
Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0 : no, 1 : yes --

Unit
None

No No No

C32_QUAL
--
C32_QUAL

Flag MFS cell
Yes
Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0=NO, 1=YES --

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 395
Alcatel
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer --
CBS
Commited Burst Size.
HMI name
Commited Burst Size
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS PVC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
kbyte

No No No
CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY Recommended rules --
--

CCCH_CONF
--
CCCH_CONF (MFS)

Flag MFS cell
Yes
Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell

Unit
None

No No No

Needed for MPDCH feature shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 396
Alcatel
CI (MFS)
Cell Identity. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --
HMI name
cell identity (CI)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (BSC) Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
CI(n)
Cell Identity. 3GPP TS 04.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
CI(n)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.

This parameter is not required for external cells. It shall not be displayed to the operator for external cells.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 397
Alcatel
CIR
Committed Information Rate.
HMI name
Committed Information Rate
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS PVC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
kbit/s

No No No
CIR=0 when direct access is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY Recommended rules --
Internal comment Logical name Definition
--
--
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT

Threshold MFS
Yes
"Forgetting time in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Adaption: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in in the average of channel quality measurements. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

MFS
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 20ms --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 398
Alcatel
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
HMI name
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST

Reference MFS
Yes
"Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link adaption:measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in in the average of channel quality measurements. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

MFS
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 20ms --
--
--
CS_HST_DL_LT
CS_HST_DL_LT

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 399
Alcatel
CS_HST_DL_ST
HMI name
CS_HST_DL_ST

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
--
--
CS_HST_UL_LT
CS_HST_UL_LT

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 400
Alcatel
CS_HST_UL_ST
HMI name
CS_HST_UL_ST

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
--
CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Maximum downlink transfer interruption between two successive DL TBFs to be able to reuse the coding scheme of the previous DL TBF when establishing a new DL TBF with the fast DL TBF reestablishment procedure on PACCH. The time to establish the new DL TBF on PACCH is taken into account, i.e. if it makes the downlink transfer interruption between the 2 TBFs exceeding the parameter, the previous coding scheme is not reused. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Instance Type
Timer
cell
Unit
ms

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 401
Alcatel
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
HMI name
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK

Threshold MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in acknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
--
--
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK

Threshold MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 402
Alcatel
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK
HMI name
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK

Threshold MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in acknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
--
--
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK

MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in downlink and in unacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 403
Alcatel
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
HMI name
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK

Threshold MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in acknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
--
--
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK

Threshold MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in unacknowledged mode for hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 404
Alcatel
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK
HMI name
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK

Threshold MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in acknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --
--
--
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK

MFS BSS
Yes
AV_RXQUAL_LT threshold used in the radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme from CS1 to CS2 in uplink and in unacknowledged mode for non-hopping TRXs. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Type
Threshold
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 0.1 --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 405
Alcatel
Def_nb_pdch_cell
HMI name
Def_nb_pdch_cell

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Default value for nb_PDCH_CELL. Used to calculate the BVC bucket size and the BVC_Bucket_Leak_Rate when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 406
Alcatel
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS
HMI name
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
sec

No No No
--
--
DL_POLL_FACTOR
DL_DATA_CREDIT

Number MFS cell
Yes
This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality reports is respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 407
Alcatel
DLCI
HMI name
Data Link Connection Identifier

Number MFS PVC
Yes
Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. ITU-T Q.922 GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer ---

Site (CAE) Set by Create
Unit
None

No No No
--
--
DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
DRX_TIMER_MAX

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
sec

No
Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)

Needed for MPDCH feature Sent on PSI 13
No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 408
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
Uplink DTX Phase 1
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)

this parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options (SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases Needed for MPDCH feature
External comment
DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
EBS
Excess Burst Size.
HMI name
Excess Burst Size
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS PVC
Yes
Application domain GPRS

Instance Type
Number
Category OMC-R access
Unit
kbyte

No No No
CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 409
Alcatel
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI ON(MFS)
None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled
HMI name
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION

MFS BSS
Yes
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC) recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY
Internal comment
External comment
Mobile autonomous GSM to UMTS cell reselection for CS and PS services is not supported in the cells corresponding to a FUMO BTS. Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 410
Alcatel
EN_CBL
HMI name
EN_CBL

Flag MFS MFS
Yes
This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled --

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK

Flag MFS cell
Yes
This flag enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism in GPRS RLC acknowledged mode. None GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding scheme adaptation enabled --

Note that a FUMO BTS does not support the CS-2 coding scheme.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 411
Alcatel
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
HMI name
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK

Flag MFS cell
Yes
Enables / disables the coding scheme adaptation mechanism in GPRS RLC unacknowledged mode. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
0 : coding scheme adaptation disabled, 1 : coding scheme adaptation enabled --

Note that a FUMO BTS does not support the CS-2 coding scheme.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 412
Alcatel
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL
HMI name
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL

Flag MFS BSS
Yes
This flag enables/disables the delayed TBF release feature on the downlink. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) 0: disabled, 1: enabled --

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
When this flag is set to 1, the TBF release will be delayed for all downlink TBFs by T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL. If data are received before expiry of this timer then the TBF is resumed. Otherwise it is released permanently upon expiry of the timer. Every T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL, a Radio Block is granted to the Mobile Station on PACCH/U in order for it to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF. When this flag is set to 0, the TBF release will not be delayed and T3193 is started as soon as the normal TBF release is acknowledged by the Mobile Station. To obtain better Telecom performance, it is recommended to set EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL to 1.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 413
Alcatel
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING
HMI name
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING

MFS MFS
Yes
This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled --

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part.
EN_MPDCH
HMI name
EN_MPDCH
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes
This flag enables / disables Master PDCH in a cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: disabled ; 1: enabled

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No
NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III. IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0. Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 414
Alcatel
EN_PSI3_Coding2
HMI name
EN_PSI3_Coding2

Flag MFS MFS
Yes
This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of PSI3bis messages None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: disabled; 1: enabled --

Unit
None

No No No

Needed for MPDCH feature. The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves the cell reselection duration.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 415
Alcatel
EN_RES_REALLOCATION
HMI name
EN_RES_REALLOCATION

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Enabling / disabling of the resource reallocation feature. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
None
Max value 7 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: resource reallocation is disabled for all triggers 1: resource reallocation is enabled for all triggers 2: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T1 3: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T2 4: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T3 5: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T2 6: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T2 and T3 7: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T3 --

This parameter is used to possibly disable some or all of the telecom triggers for resource reallocation. If integration and qualification tests have proved that the feature brought gains while not jeopardising the CPU load, then the parameter shall be set to 1. Otherwise, the parameter could be set so that the best trade-off is achieved between throughput gain and CPU load (only some triggers but not all may be enabled). Note also that it is possible to modify the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC.

This parameter allows to enable or disable attempts to perform resource reallocation in order to: - either maintain a TBF alive when its PACCH is fast preempted (trigger T1), - or attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS upon concurrent TBF establishment (trigger T2), - or periodically attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS which has a TBF in the direction of the bias with less PDCHs than it can support according to its multislot class (trigger T3).
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 416
Alcatel
EN_SOLSA
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: disabled, 1: enabled
HMI name
EN_SOLSA
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE.

Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL.
External comment
--
EN_SOLSA(n)
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: disabled, 1: enabled --
HMI name
EN_SOLSA
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 417
Alcatel
EN_UL_CONGESTION
HMI name
EN_UL_CONGESTION

Flag MFS MFS
Yes
Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: disabled; 1:enable --

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS)
List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS BSS
Yes

Instance Type
List of numbers
Unit
MHz
Min value 0 Def value -1

No No
0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz
Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 1990 MHz and 2110 2170 MHz. Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,,3. The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided. When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the value of -1 indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is provided.
External comment
The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 418
Alcatel
FDD_Qmin(MFS)
HMI name
FDD_Qmin

Threshold MFS cell
Yes
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB Equal to FDD_Qmin(BSC)

Unit
dB

No No No

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 419
Alcatel
FDD_Qoffset (MFS)
HMI name
FDD_Qoffset

Number MFS cell
Yes
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dB
Max value 28 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Equal to FDD_Qoffset(BSC)

The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3Gcell if possible

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 420
Alcatel
FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC
HMI name
FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 0.1 --

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 0.1 -maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network

Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 421
Alcatel
FR_INFO_SIZE
Maximum frame relay information frame size. None GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer ---
HMI name
Info Frame size
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
byte

No No No
--

GAMMA_TNx
--
GAMMA_TNx

Number MFS cell
Yes
Binary representation of the gamma ch for MS output power control. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
dB

No No No
Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. --

--
External comment
This parameter replaces the B6.2 parameters GAMMA_TN0, GAMMA_TN1,GAMMA_TN7. In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 422
Alcatel
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERE HMI name SIS

Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

MFS cell
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB --
--
GPRS_DL_Ack_period
GPRS_DL_Ack_period

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 1 --

This value is not optimised for satellite links.
External comment
The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 423
Alcatel
GPRS_HCS_THR
HCS signal strength. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
HCS_THR
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm --

HCS_THR
--
GPRS_HCS_THR(n)
HCS signal strength. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
dBm

No No No
Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 424
Alcatel
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
HMI name

MFS cell
Yes
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Number
Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. --

1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. 2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 425
Alcatel
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)
HMI name

MFS adj
Yes
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Number
Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. --

1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. 2)The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 426
Alcatel
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_V ALUE
HMI name
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE

MFS BSS
Yes
Default value of the GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown. GSM TS 05.02 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 8 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: the radio resource allocation algorithm does not take into account concurrent constraints, even if the actual MS multislot class is known at TBF establishment. 1,2,4,8: GPRS multislot class as defined in GSM 05.02 annex B. Other multislot classes are not allowed for this parameter. (In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.) In B7.2, the Min_value is 1 : the value 0 is not allowed.

In B7.1, category = System (CST), OMC-R access = None (DLS), instance = MFS and Min_value = 0. The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. access on CCCH). Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for TBF establishment is taken into account. Concurrence constraints are then anticipated when granting resources to the TBF.

The maximum MS multislot class, among the allowed values, expected in the operators network shall be entered. Because this parameter is used upon uplink TBF establishment, for instance when received on CCCH, it is not possible to enter a value, which implies support of more than one timeslot in uplink. Indeed, the mobile station that initiated the TBF request may only support one timeslot in uplink.
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 427
Alcatel
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)
HMI name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME

Number MFS adj
Yes
Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) --
--
GPRS_PREF_MARK
GPRS_PREF_MARK

Number MFS TRX
Yes
Preference mark assigned to a TRX to favour or disfavour PS radio resource allocations on a TRX. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No
0: lowest preference mark (no PS allocation on the corresponding TRX) 3: highest preference mark (favour PS allocations on the corresponding TRX) For a TRX in the inner zone of a concentric, or in the inner zone of a Mandatory rules multiband cell, or in the G1 band GPRS_PREF_MARK must be set to 0. Recommended rules --
No No
Internal comment
It is attached to a PDCH_group instance on OMC/MFS interface
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 428
Alcatel
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) Coded on 3 bits. --
HMI name
PRIORITY_CLASS
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
--
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)
HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---
PRIORITY_CLASS
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 429
Alcatel
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)
HMI name
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET

MFS adj
Yes
Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Number
Unit
dB
Max value 48 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= 32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48 --

--
No No
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

Number MFS cell
Yes
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dBm

No No No
step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 430
Alcatel
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)
HMI name

Number MFS adj
Yes
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dBm

No No No
coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm --
--
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET

MFS adj
Yes
Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Number
Unit
dB
Max value infinity TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

No No No
Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , 111 --

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 431
Alcatel
GPRS_UL_Ack_period
HMI name
GPRS_UL_Ack_period

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size =1 --
This value is not optimised for satellite links.

highThresBmax
--
HIGH_THRES_B_MAX

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied. None GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer

Unit

No No No
-LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX

addition since B6.2 due to FR 20/079455
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 432
Alcatel
INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL
HMI name
INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL

MFS cell
Yes
This flag determines whether the MS shall perform interference measurements on other channels. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No
0 : no interference measurement, 1 : interference measurement --

K_AVG_L
--
K_AVG_L
Signal Quality strength filter constant. GSM TS 04.60 GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 433
Alcatel
K_AVG_Q
Quality Signal strength filter constant. GSM TS 04.60 GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
HMI name
K_AVG_Q
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
--

K_GSL (MFS)
--
K_GSL (MFS)

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Unit
None

No No No
--not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all cells of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment
--
External comment
This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (BSC).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 434
Alcatel
LAC (MFS)
Location Area Code. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --
HMI name
Location Area Code (LAC)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (BSC) Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
LAC(n)
Location Area Code. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --
HMI name
LAC(n)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.

--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 435
Alcatel
LOW_THRES_B_MAX
HMI name
lowThresBmax

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more applied. None GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer

Unit

No No No
-LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX

LSA_ID_I
--
LSA_ID_array (MFS)
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). GSM TS 03.03 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number)
or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
Internal comment
The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
External comment
The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 436
Alcatel
LSA_ID_array (n)
HMI name
LSA_ID_I(n)

Number MFS adj
Yes
List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). GSM TS 03.03 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded on 3 bytes max --

Unit
None

No No No

The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
External comment
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
MAX_ADJ_CELL
Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell. None GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer
HMI name
MAX_ADJ_CELL
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 437
Alcatel
MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
AGCH queuing time. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 100 ms --
HMI name
MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--
--
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU
Maximum number of MS context in GPU. None GPRS traffic model and performances
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS GPU
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 2500 I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 3500
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 438
Alcatel
MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH
HMI name
MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Maximum number of DownLink GPRS connections per Slave PDCH. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
None

No No No
Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
External comment
--
MAX_GCH_DSP
HMI name
MAX_GCH_DSP

Number MFS DSP
Yes
Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP. None GPRS traffic model and performances

Unit
None

No No No
---

This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 439
Alcatel
Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans
HMI name
Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in nonDRX mode. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)

Instance Type
Number
cell
Unit
None

No No No
When the BSC has migrated, a B7.2 OMC shall set Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans = 3. Recommended rules --
Internal comment
The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1) A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages. In an OMC B7.1, the Max_Assign_AGCH_Retrans parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_AGCH_Retrans parameter is no more changeable and set automatically by the OMC. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_AGCH_Retrans _parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC setting.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 440
Alcatel
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans
HMI name
Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)

Instance Type
Number
cell
Unit
None

No No No
When the BSC has migrated to B7++, a B7++ OMC shall set Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans = 3. Recommended rules --
Internal comment
The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms. In an OMC B7.1, the Max_Assign_PCH_Retrans parameter is changeable at the OMC, whereas in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_PCH_Retrans parameter is no more changeable and set automatically by the OMC. In addition, in an OMC B7++, the Max_Assign_PCH_Retrans _parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC setting.
External comment
The following external comment only applies to B7.1: The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is: T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 441
Alcatel
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime
HMI name
MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if "infinity" as been indicated by the SGSN. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
sec

No No No
--
--
MAX_MPDCH_DSP
MAX_MPDCH_DSP

Number MFS DSP
Yes
Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP. None GPRS traffic model and performances

Unit
None

No No No
---

Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 442
Alcatel
MAX_MPDCH_GPRS_TRX
HMI name
MAX_MPDCH_GPRS_TRX

Number MFS MFS
Yes
maximum number of MPDCHs which can be established on a non EDGE capable TRX. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
None

No No No
--
--
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. None Overload Control and CPU power budget mana gement --AND Queueing Time = 5s

Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 443
Alcatel
MAX_PDCH
HMI name
MAX_PDCH

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum number of PDCHs that can be allocated in the cell . Applies to non-concentric cells or to the outer zone of concentric cells. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --

Unit
None

No No
Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD. Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH>=MIN_PDCH. If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE MAX_PDCH <= 8 * nb of TRX with (GPRS_Pref_Mark > 0). Recommended rules "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100. T is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high load threshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS traffic maximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the high load situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of only GPRS traffic. And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled: (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) > {[(Max_PDCH) (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The goal of this rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur if the MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC normal load situation".
RMS template
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. MAX_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MAX_PDCH.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 444
Alcatel
MAX_PDCH_DSP
HMI name
MAX_PDCH_DSP

Number MFS DSP
Yes
Maximum number of CS-1/CS-2 PDCH handled by a DSP. None GPRS traffic model and performances

Unit
None

No No No
---

Valid for both GPU and I-GPU. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
External comment
GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 60 I-GPU configuration: Min value = Max value = Def value = 60
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 445
Alcatel
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
HMI name
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Maximum number of PDCH per cell when the cell is in high load situation and if the enhanced PDCH traffic adaptation is disabled (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION=disabled). If the enhanced PDCH adaptation is activated, this parameter indicates the lower limit of the adaptation mechanism. For a non-concentric cell or for the outer zone of a concentric cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --

Instance Type
Number
cell
Unit
None

No No
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD>=MIN_PDCH MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD<=MAX_PDCH IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0. Recommended rules "HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS > [(Max_PDCH)/ T)] * 100. T is the total number of timeslots in the cell. The high load threshold in the BSC has to be higher than the GPRS traffic maximum, i.e. some CS traffic is needed to reach the high load situation, in order to avoid to reach this threshold because of only GPRS traffic And if EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = disabled, then (High_Traffic_Load_GPRS - Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS) > {[(Max_PDCH) (Max_PDCH_High_Load)] / T} * 100. The aim of this rule is to avoid an oscillating phenomenon which can occur if the MFS pre-emption process triggers a return to the BSC normal load situation.
RMS template
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. If the enhanced PDCH adaptation is activated (EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled), the maximum number of PDCHs is determined dynamically in the range of [MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; MAX_PDCH]. When EN_MPDCH = 1, the value MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 0 should be avoided. Indeed, such a value may lead to pre-empting the PDCH that carries the PBCCH/PCCCH, if present, in case of BSC high load. In that case, mobile stations in packet idle mode may take up to 6 seconds before realising that PBCCH/PCCCH has been abruptly
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 446
Alcatel
removed. All CS or PS paging messages sent during that period may then be lost.
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF
HMI name
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single GPRS connection.

GPRS traffic model and performances
Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode. None GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 447
Alcatel
Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime
HMI name
Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime

MFS MFS
Yes
Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in non DRX mode. None GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer

Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No
step size: 100 ms --
--
--
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
PPCH queuing time. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 100 ms --
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 448
Alcatel
Max_Resel_Duration
HMI name
Max_Resel_Duration

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period of Low Rate PSI messages. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size = 0.1sec 0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period --

Unit
sec

No No No
--

MAX_RETRANS
--
Max_retrans (MFS)

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell

External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 449
Alcatel
MAX_RETRANS_1
HMI name
MAX_RETRANS_1

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 --
--
MAX_RETRANS_2
MAX_RETRANS_2

Number MFS cell
Yes

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 450
Alcatel
MAX_RETRANS_3
HMI name
MAX_RETRANS_3

Number MFS cell
Yes

Unit
None

No No No
--
MAX_RETRANS_4
MAX_RETRANS_4

Number MFS cell
Yes

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 451
Alcatel
Max_retrans_DL
HMI name
Max_retrans_DL

Number MFS
Yes
Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries (max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started from the beginning). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) Possible values: 0 to 7. -Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used --> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60) --> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)

cell
Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 452
Alcatel
MAX_Retrans_SIG
HMI name
MAX_Retrans_SIG

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message following a nonreception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement message. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size: 1 --

Unit
None

No No No

This parameter replaces the two parameters: MAX_Retrans_PCCO and MAX_Retrans_release.
External comment
--
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP
HMI name
MAX_RLC_blks_DSP

Number MFS DSP
Yes
Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks handled by a DSP, used for all coding schemes. None GPRS traffic model and performances

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 453
Alcatel
MAX_TBF_DSP
HMI name
MAX_TBF_DSP

Number MFS DSP
Yes
Maximum number of GPRS connections handled by a DSP. None GPRS traffic model and performances

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
MAX_TRX_DSP
Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP. None GPRS traffic model and performances
HMI name
MAX_TRX_DSP
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS DSP
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 454
Alcatel
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
HMI name
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Maximum number of UpLink GPRS connections per slave PDCH. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
None

No No No
Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
External comment
--
MCC (MFS)
Mobile Country Code. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 3 digits BCD Equal to MCC (BSC)
HMI name
Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS OMC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules -Internal comment External comment
The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 455
Alcatel
MIN_MPDCH
HMI name
EN_MPDCH_STATIC

Number MFS cell
Yes
Defines whether the MPDCH is dynamically or statically allocated when EN_MPDCH = enabled. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Unit
None

No No
If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0. IF En_MPDCH = True and Min_MPDCH = 1, then Max_PDCH_High_Load cannot be equal to 0. Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment Logical name Definition

MIN_PDCH
--
MIN_PDCH

Number MFS
Yes
Minimum number of PDCHs that can be preferentially allocated in the cell. MIN_PDCH is allocated on the TRX having the highest GPRS_PREF_MARK. MIN_PDCH applies to a nonconcentric cell or for the outer zone of a concentric cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --

cell
Unit
None

No No No
MAX_PDCH >= MIN_PDCH. MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD>= MIN_PDCH. If MIN_MPDCH = 1 then MIN_PDCH > 0. Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
127 is a theorical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. MIN_PDCH_GROUP (from B6.2) is renamed in MIN_PDCH .
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 456
Alcatel
MNC (MFS)
Mobile Network Code. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 3 digits BCD Equal to MNC (BSC)
HMI name
Mobile Network Code (MNC)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS OMC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 457
Alcatel
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
HMI name
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the number of MPDCHs which are necessary in the cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE) For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to
Needed for MPDCH.
--
MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H
MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the high load level on PPCH blocks, above which a new MPDCH is established. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) -MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H

Unit

No No No

Needed for MPDCH the default value may be updated after detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 458
Alcatel
MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L
HMI name
MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the low load level on PPCH blocks, below which a MPDCH can be released. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) -MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H

Unit

No No No

Needed for MPDCH feature. The default value may be updated after the detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH.
External comment
--
MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H
HMI name
MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the high load level on PRACH blocks, above which a new MPDCH is established. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) -MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H

Unit

No No No

the default value may be updated after detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH Needed for MPDCH
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 459
Alcatel
MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L
HMI name
MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the low load level on PRACH blocks, below which a MPDCH can be released. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) -MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H

Unit

No No No

External comment
--
MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H
HMI name
MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the high load level on uplink PACCH blocks of established MPDCHs, above which a new MPDCH is established. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) -MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H

Unit

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 460
Alcatel
MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L
HMI name
MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the low load level on uplink PACCH blocks of established MPDCHs, below which a MPDCH can be released. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size = 1% MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L <= MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H

Unit

No No No

Needed for MPDCH feature. The default value may be updated after the detailed analysis of the desired load of a MPDCH.
External comment
--
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_P DCH
HMI name
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH

MFS
Yes
Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size = 10 ms --

MFS
Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No

--
External comment
The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 461
Alcatel
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)
HMI name
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dBm
Max value 43 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. --

1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. 2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the GSM900 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0. However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 462
Alcatel
MSCR (MFS)
HMI name
MSCR

Flag MFS BSS
Yes
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. GSM 04.18 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)

The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 463
Alcatel
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)
HMI name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING

Number MFS cell
Yes
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. 3GPP TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None
Max value 3 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)

--

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 464
Alcatel
N_AVG_I (MFS)
HMI name
N_AVG_I (MFS)

Number MFS cell
Yes
Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC)

Unit
None

No No No

sent on PSI 13 and PSI1
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 465
Alcatel
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION
HMI name
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user application is determined. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 1 kbyte --

Unit
kbyte

No No No

--
External comment
This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes transferred in both directions; the direction in which more bytes have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The resource reallocation algorithm attempts to offer the best possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the available resources. The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the ongoing application is never assessed and therefore the application is always deemed downlink biased, except in case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is uplink).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 466
Alcatel
N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC
HMI name
N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC

MFS
Yes
Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF deemed sub-optimal before the corresponding MS becomes candidate for resource reallocation (sub-optimal = less PDCHs than the multislot class supports) None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) Step size = 100 bytes --

MFS
Type
Number
Unit
byte

No No No

--
External comment
This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC PDUs or very short transfers. On the other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the parameter is set to 0, an MS with a TBF deemed suboptimal in the direction of the bias shall become candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 467
Alcatel
N_MAX_T3_REALLOC
HMI name
N_MAX_T3_REALLOC

Number MFS
Yes
Defines the maximum number of radio resource reallocation attempts that are performed for each bias (UL-biased and DL-biased mobile stations), between two expires of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer when the trigger T3 is enabled for resource reallocation. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules

MFS
Unit
None

No
Mandatory rules
Value "0" is forbidden. The value "-1" means that there is no limit on the number of radio resource reallocation attempts performed between two T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiries. This means that as soon as a Mobile Station becomes candidate for resource reallocation at a later stage (i.e. for trigger T3), the MFS attempts resource reallocation immediately. --

This parameter, together with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to: - control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the resources available for packet services (the higher the parameter, the more candidate MSs the BSS will attempt to reallocate between two T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiries), - and to control the extra CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are candidate for resource reallocation at a later stage (the lower the parameter, the lower the CPU load).

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 468
Alcatel
N_PDCH_Release
HMI name
N_PDCH_Release

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message. None GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size: 1 --

--
--
N_PUAS_PPCTA_REPETITIONS
N_PUAS_PPCTA_REPETITIONS
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Defines the number of repetitions of a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message when it is used to establish an uplink TBF concurrently to a downlink TBF. It also defines the number of repetitions of a PACKET POWER CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE message when it is used to provide a Mobile Station with the initial timing advance value after a downlink TBF establishment on CCCH or PCCCH. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Instance Type
Number
MFS
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
Value 1 means that the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT / PACKET POWER CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE messages are repeated once in the cases mentioned in the definition. Value 0 means that they are not repeated.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 469
Alcatel
N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT
HMI name
NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT

Threshold MFS
Yes
NstagnatingWindow threshold limit above which a downlink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet DL Ack/Nack reports the failure of progress of the RLC window. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

MFS
Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT
NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
NstagnatingWindow threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC window progress. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 470
Alcatel
N_TBF_PER_MPDCH
HMI name
N_TBF_PER_MPDCH

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Threshold defining the number of TBF supported by a MPDCH in one direction, above which the MFS serves new TBF preferably by requesting additional resources to the BSC. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size: 1 --

Unit
None

No No No

Needed for MPDCH feature. Default value = 0, to preferably establish TBFs on SPDCHs.
External comment
--
N_TBF_PER_SPDCH
HMI name
N_TBF_PER_SPDCH

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of TBF that can be established on one PDCH before requesting a new PDCH to the BSC.

FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --of (Packet) Channel Request messages is faster than the network response. Then, it is likely to have double and even triple PDCH allocation for one single TBF if there is no PDCH established to serve the MS request. In order to avoid requesting too many PDCHs and GCHs to the BSC (which would not be used) N_TBF_PER_SPDCH can be increased to optimise the target number of TBFs to be multiplexed on one PDCH.
Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules When GPRS traffic is carried through Abis/Ater satellite links, the repetition
Internal comment
Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 471
Alcatel
N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT
HMI name
N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---
Recommended rules N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms Internal comment
--
External comment
For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT
HMI name
N_UL_Errors_LIMIT

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
N_UL_Errors threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each time the BSS receives an erroneous block. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 472
Alcatel
N200_GSL (MFS)
HMI name
N200_GSL (MFS)

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Unit
None

No No No
-Equal to N200_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
N201_GSL (MFS)
N201_GSL (MFS)

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Unit
None

No No No
-Equal to N201_GSL (BSC)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 473
Alcatel
N3101_LIMIT
HMI name
N3101_LIMIT
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS onits allocated PDCH. The counter N3101 can be incremented only one time for each block period. GSM TS 04.60 GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer

Instance Type
Number
MFS
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 474
Alcatel
N3103_LIMIT
HMI name
N3103_LIMIT
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF. GSM TS 04.60 GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer

Instance Type
Number
MFS
Unit
None

No No No
--Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1 N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1 Example: With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 475
Alcatel
N3105_LIMIT
HMI name
N3105_LIMIT

Threshold MFS
Yes
In a DL TBF transfer procedure, maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message consecutively lost (from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. None GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer

MFS
Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaption but TBF release. N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. The dafault value (6) corresponds to GPRS_DL_Ack_Period = 16. With GPRS_DL_Ack_Period = 12, N3105_Limit = 8 is recommended.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 476
Alcatel
N391
HMI name
N391

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). ITU Q.933 Anne GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer ---

Unit
None

No No No
--

N392
--
N392

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). ITU Q.933, Ann GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer ---

Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 477
Alcatel
N393
HMI name
N393

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). ITU Q.933, Ann GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer ---

Unit
None

No No No
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer ----
External comment
--
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE HMI name

Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line.
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE

MFS GPU
Yes

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 478
Alcatel
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer ---
NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PE R_GPU
HMI name
NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS PER GPU

MFS GPU
Yes
Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU
External comment
--
NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
HMI name
NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES

MFS GPU
Yes
Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface.

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 479
Alcatel
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHA NNEL
HMI name
NB MAX PVC PER BEARER CHANNEL

MFS BC
Yes
Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
--
NB_MAX_SECONDARY_PCCCH
NB_MAX_SECONDARY_PCCCH

MFS
Yes
This parameter indicates the maximum number of secondary PCCCH channels that can be established in a given cell by the MFS. When set to 0, only one instance of PCCCH can be established (if EN_MPDCH = 1). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

MFS
Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
0 : no secondary PCCCH allowed, ... 15 : up to 15 secondary PCCCH allowed --

Default value in B7.1 : 0.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 480
Alcatel
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE
HMI name
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of signalling load samples used for estimating the number of MPDCHs which are necessary in the cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE) For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.

Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to
Needed for MPDCH.

NCC
--
NCC (MFS)
Network Colour code of the cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) Coded over 3 bits. Equal to NCC (BSC)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 481
Alcatel
NCC(n)
Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) Coded over 3 bits. --
HMI name
NCC
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell
NECI (MFS)
HMI name
New Establishment Causes Indicator

MFS cell
Yes
New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: not supported, 1: supported Equal to NECI (BSC)

Type
Flag
Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 482
Alcatel
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
HMI name
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER

MFS cell
Yes
This parameter determines whether the cell reselection is controlled by MS or BSS. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Flag
Unit
None
Max value 3 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0 : MS controlled cell re-selection, no measurement reporting; 1: MS controlled cell re-selection, MS sends measurement reports; 2: Network controlled cell re-selection, MS sends measurement reports; 3: reserved for future use The default value NC0 is forced for Alcatel BSS in B7.2.
--

--
No No
network_operation_mode (MFS)
Network mode of operation

Number MFS BSS
Yes
This parameter defines the CS-PS coordination for paging. GSM TS 03.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No
3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have EN_MPDCH = Mandatory rules disabled. EN_MPDCH can only be set to enabled if NMO I or NMO III. Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC). Recommended rules --
RMS template
Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface.
No
Internal comment
Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 483
Alcatel
NIR
Normal Information Rate. None GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su b layer --
HMI name
Normal Information Rate
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS PVC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
kbit/s

No No No
CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--

NsAliveRetries
--
NS_ALIVE_RETRIES
Maximum number of attempts to test. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 484
Alcatel
NS_BLOCK_RETRIES
maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---
HMI name
NsBlockRetries
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su b layer 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority ---

NS Priority
--
NS_Priority
Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS NSVC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 485
Alcatel
NS_RESET_RETRIES
Maximum number of attempts to reset. None GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su b layer ---
HMI name
NsResetRetries
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
--
--
NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES
NsUnblockRetries
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 486
Alcatel
NSEI
NSE Identifier. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su b layer ---
HMI name
NSEI
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS NSE
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
--

NSE MAX
--
NSEMAX
Maximum number of NSE per GPU. None GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su b layer ---
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 487
Alcatel
NSVCI
NSVC identifier. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su b layer ---
HMI name
NSVC Identifier
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS NSVC
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
--

NSVC MAX
--
NSVCMAX
Maximum number of NSVC per GPU. None GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer --
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
Not changeable after MFS system initialization.

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 488
Alcatel
PAN_DEC (MFS)
HMI name
PAN_DEC

Number MFS cell
Yes
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC)

Unit
None

No No No

When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.
External comment
--
PAN_INC (MFS)
HMI name
PAN_INC

Number MFS cell
Yes
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (BSC)

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 489
Alcatel
PAN_MAX (MFS)
HMI name
PAN_MAX

Number MFS cell
Yes
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC)

When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
External comment
--
Pb
HMI name
Pb

Number MFS cell
Yes
Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on BCCH. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dB

No No No
Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111 --

Needed for MPDCH.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 490
Alcatel
PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)
HMI name
PC_MEAS_CHAN

Flag MFS cell
Yes
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR

Number MFS GPU
Yes
The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to the TBF throughput. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 491
Alcatel
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR
HMI name
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR

MFS GPU
Yes
The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used according to the TBF throughput. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR
HMI name
PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Anticipation number of RLC data blocks considering a throughput of one PDCH. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 492
Alcatel
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
HMI name
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER

Flag MFS MFS
Yes
Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled -Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a nonacceptable manner, otherwise should be set to ordering enabled.

Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules Should be set to ordering disabled, when the MFS interfaces with an
Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules
--
--
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1

Number MFS cell
Yes
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None
Max value 16 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 --

Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 493
Alcatel
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2
HMI name
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2

Number MFS cell
Yes

Unit
None
Max value 16 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules

Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 2 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature

--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 494
Alcatel
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3
HMI name
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3

Number MFS cell
Yes

Unit
None
Max value 16 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules


--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 495
Alcatel
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4
HMI name
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4

Number MFS cell
Yes

Unit
None
Max value 16 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules


--
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 496
Alcatel
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None
Max value 2 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations. PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)

This parameter is introduced as a provision in the MFS. This information is needed to fill in the SI messages, and should be necessary for the PSI in the future.

Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to GSM850DCS1800, - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands".
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 497
Alcatel
PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H
HMI name
PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H

MFS GPU
Yes
Theshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU critical load state. None Overload Control and CPU power budget mana gement --

Type
Number
Unit

No No
PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H Recommended rules --
No
--
--
PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L
PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L

MFS GPU
Yes
Theshold below which a GPU leaves the PMU CPU critical load state. None Overload Control and CPU power budget mana gement --

Type
Number
Unit

No No
PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 498
Alcatel
--
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H
HMI name
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Theshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU high load state. None

Unit

No No
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H Recommended rules --
No
--
--
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Theshold below which a GPU leaves the PMU CPU high load state. None Overload Control and CPU power budget mana gement --

Unit

No No
PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 499
Alcatel
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H
HMI name
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Theshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU severe load state. None Overload Control and CPU power budget mana gement --

Unit

No No
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H Recommended rules --
No
--
--
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L

Number MFS GPU
Yes
Theshold below which a GPU leaves the PMU CPU severe load state. None Overload Control and CPU power budget mana gement --

Unit

No No
PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L <= PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L Recommended rules --
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 500
Alcatel
PRACH_BUSY_THRES
HMI name
PRACH_BUSY_THRES

Threshold MFS cell
Yes
Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. None GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
dBm

No No No
step size = 4 dBm --

--
External comment
Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm.
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
HMI name
Allowed priority classes

Number MFS cell
Yes
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None
Max value 6 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)

--

Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 501
Alcatel
PTM_BVCI
PTM BVCI value. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
HMI name
PTM BVCI
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
--

BVCI
--
PTP_BVCI
PTP BVCI value. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None
Min value 2 Def value #

No No No
---

The value is set by the MFS.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 502
Alcatel
PVC_Level1_down
HMI name
Level 1 down

Number MFS PVC
Yes
This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. None GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer ---

Unit

No No No
--

Level 1 Factor
--
PVC_Level1_Factor

Number MFS PVC
Yes
This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. None GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer

Unit
ms

No No No
step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms -PVC
Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 503
Alcatel
PVC_Level1_up
HMI name
Level 1 up

Number MFS PVC
Yes
This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. None GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l ayer ---

Unit

No No No
--

PWRC
--
PWRC (MFS)

Flag MFS cell
Yes
This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included Equal to PWRC (BSC)

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 504
Alcatel
Qsearch(MFS)
HMI name
Qsearch

Number MFS cell
Yes
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dBm
Max value -50 TRX nb

No
Mandatory rules
Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Equal to Qsearch(BSC) for 3G neighbour cells.
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search Internal comment
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour cells (resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).

This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or above (-78 dBm to never search for 3G neighbour cells) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
No No
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 505
Alcatel
RA_CODE (MFS)
Routing Area Code. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell Equal to RA_CODE (BSC)
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

Note: "-1" value will be downloaded to the MFS when the Master Channel feature is supported since every adjacency of GPRS cells (GPRS adjacency and not GPRS adjacency with "-1" value) will be downloaded at this time. The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 506
Alcatel
RA_CODE(n)
Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
HMI name
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS adj
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No
Mandatory rules
0...255 (significant value: GSM 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell The initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. "-1" enables the MFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RA is unknown. --

Needed for MPDCH feature Note: "-1" value will be downloaded to the MFS when the Master Channel feature is supported since every adjacency of GPRS cells (GPRS adjacency and not GPRS adjacency with "-1" value) will be downloaded at this time. The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. Note that, for an external cell or for a cell which does not support GPRS, the MFS may receive the value -1.

The initial special value "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider. "-1" enables the MFS to apply the RA comparison between own cells and external cells whose RA is unknown. The value -1 also means that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell. In case of inter-operator cell reselection, if the LAC + RAC of the target cell is the same as that of the serving cell, the operator shall enter -1 for the RAC. This value indicates to the MS the target cell is not in the same routing area as the serving cell.
No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 507
Alcatel
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
HMI name
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Number MFS cell
Yes
This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
dB

No No No
step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB --
--
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)
RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER

Threshold MFS cell
Yes
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. None GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
bper

No No No
64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. Internal comment
--
External comment
One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 508
Alcatel
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
HMI name
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT

Number MFS cell
Yes
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. GSM TS 05.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
Samfr

No No No
step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
--
RANDOM_ACC_RETRY
RANDOM_ACC_RETRY

Flag MFS cell
Yes
This flag determines whether random access retry to another cell is allowed. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0 : not allowed, 1 : allowed --

Unit
None

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 509
Alcatel
RATE_RED
HMI name
rateRed

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX. None GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer

Unit

No No No
step size = 10% --

Resume_retries
--
Resume_retries

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
None

No No No
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1) Internal comment

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 510
Alcatel
round_trip_delay
Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=10 ms T_dl_assign_ccch < 4.9s - round_trip_delay
HMI name
Round trip delay MFS-MS
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS cell
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No

ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCH sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay shall not take into account RRBP delay at (MAC) level. The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to take into account the value of round_trip_delay.
External comment
The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R also uses this parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows: - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R considers that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R considers that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 511
Alcatel
HMI name

Number Site (CAE) Changeable MFS cell
Yes
Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. 3GPP TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)
Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 -recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms. The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is
Internal comment
Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 512
Alcatel
S_BECN
HMI name
S_BECN

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. None GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer ---

Unit
None

No No No
--

SGSNR
--
SGSNR

Flag MFS BSS
Yes
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software. GSM 04.18 System information management

Unit
None

No No No
0 = SGSN is release 98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release 99 onwards --

This parameter is in provision at ETSI/SMG32.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 513
Alcatel
SIG_BVCI
Signalling BVCI value. GSM TS 08.18 GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer
HMI name
SIG BVCI
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No
---
--
--
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)

Flag MFS MFS
Yes
This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell 1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 514
Alcatel
Suspend_retries
HMI name
Suspend_retries

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 515
Alcatel
T_ACK_WAIT
HMI name
T_ACK_WAIT

Timer MFS
Yes
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode. None GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer

MFS
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1 sec -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS. - T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment
T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed in ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting the default values: 1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL two-phase access and UL access on concurrent DL TBF) 3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL one-phase access on PCCCH) 4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode) 5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF re-establishment). The following parameters are used in the above formulae: - T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected BSS Telecom parameters
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 516
Alcatel
on PACCH (~200 ms) - T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 ms) - T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 ms)
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
HMI name
T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment
T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 517
Alcatel
T_AVG_T (MFS)
HMI name
T_AVG_T

Number MFS cell
Yes
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC)

Unit
None

No No No
--

T_AVG_W
--
T_AVG_W (MFS)

Number MFS cell
Yes
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC)

Unit
None

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 518
Alcatel
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
HMI name
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC

MFS cell
Yes
Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (trigger T3). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on --

--
External comment
This parameter, together with the parameter N_MAX_T3_REALLOC, is used to control the extra CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts for MSs that are candidate for periodic resource reallocation, and to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to the variation of the resources available for packet services.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 519
Alcatel
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE
HMI name
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) Step size : 100 ms --

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no desequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0 will lead to possible desequencing at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it is however recommended in order to minimise the risks.
T_delay_gch
HMI name
T_delay_gch

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
sec

No No No

Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 520
Alcatel
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
HMI name
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 20msec --

Unit
ms

No No No

--
External comment
The value of this timer is only meaningful when EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = enabled and T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL > 0. It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode. Its value shall ensure that the Mobile Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading too much the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI Commands) shall also be considered.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 521
Alcatel
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL
HMI name
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL

MFS
Yes
Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC Dummy UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful data. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

MFS
Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No

--
External comment
Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS may not have the time in 60 msec to get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request description for requesting uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an opportunity for requesting such an uplink TBF establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a specific timer is introduced for the first polling request.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 522
Alcatel
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO
HMI name
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO

MFS
Yes
This timer controls the delayed downlink TBF release duration at radio level. It does not include the network response time (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME ) which is added to this value within the MFS in order to compute the overall duration of the delayed downlink TBF release. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 100msec -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO = 2200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

MFS
Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No
Internal comment
RRM layer has to add the value of the timer External comment T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME to T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO in order to derive T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL. The latter controls the overall duration of the delayed downlink TBF release and ispassed to the RLC layer. In order for the delayed DL TBF feature to be efficient, T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Rel_Radio should be greater than the duration from last final Packet DL Ack/Nack receipt to the receipt of the last RLC block of the next UL TBF: - from final PDAN to next polling: T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_Initial (100 ms) - from the polling to PDAN + channel request description receipt: RTD + RRBP - from PDAN to USF scheduling: 20 (PUAS) + 40 - from USF scheduling to first UL RLC block receipt: RTD - from first UL RLC block to the last RLC block: 20 x n_bl x n_TBF (if UL transfer is on one TS) ==> 2 RTD + RRBP + 160 + (20 x n_bl x n_TBF) = 600 + (20 x n_bl x n_TBF) with: BSS Telecom parameters
The value of this timer is only meaningful when EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = enabled.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 523
Alcatel
- RTD = 160 ms (Round Trip Delay) - RRBP = 120 ms (worst case) - n_bl = number of UL RLC blocks - n_TBF = number of UL TBFs on the same PDCH With n_bl = 10 and n_TBF = 2: T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Rel_Radio > 1000ms Taking some margin, the proposed default value is 1200 ms.
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN
HMI name
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. 3GPP TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
ms

No No No
step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc --

--
External comment
The feature delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 524
Alcatel
T_dl_assign_ccch
HMI name
T_GPRS_assign_PCH

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at establishing a downlink TBF. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size : 0.1sec When the BSC has migrated to B7.2, the T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by a B7.2 OMC as indicated in the table below: BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms

Unit
sec

No No
2/1200/1600 3/1200/1600 4/1200/1600 5/1400/2000 6/1600/2200 7/2000/2600 8/2200/2800 9/2400/3000 Recommended rules --

--
No
Internal comment
The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1). As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms. In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 525
Alcatel
In OMC-R B7.2, the T_GPRS_assign_pch parameter is no more changeable and automatically computed by the OMC as a function of BS_PA_MFRMS and round_trip_delay parameters. The T_GPRS_assign_pch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport
HMI name
T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack with measurements. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
ms

No No No
--
--
T_FAST_DL_margin
T_FAST_DL_margin

Number MFS MFS
Yes
Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer (DSP). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size: 5ms --

Unit
ms

No No No

ONLY used in the construction of other timers.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 526
Alcatel
T_flow_ctrl_cell
HMI name
T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer --

Unit
sec

No No No

T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with step size 1 second"
External comment
--
T_flow_ctrl_ms
HMI name
T_FLOW_CTRL_MS

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message to SGSN. GSM TS 08.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer --

Unit
sec

No No No

"C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameter Th defined in GSM 08.18. According to T_Mobil Requirement "The range of Th is 5 - 250 secondes with a step size 1s"
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 527
Alcatel
T_GSL_ACK (MFS)
HMI name
T_GSL_ACK_MFS

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1 sec --

The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being downloaded to a GPU.
External comment
The actual default value depends on the maximum number of GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x MAX_GPU_PER_BSC with MAX_GPU_PER_BSC = 1 for B6.2 and MAX_GPU_PER_BSC = 6 for B7.2.
T_INITIAL_PDCH
HMI name
T_INITIAL_PDCH

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Repeat timer for initial allocation command message when the cell is initialised.

step size = 1sec -System (CST) None (DLS)
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 528
Alcatel
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
HMI name
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Unit
sec

No No No
--
--
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS)
Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) -Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC(BSC) configuration
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 529
Alcatel
T_MPDCH_P_MIN_ACTIV
HMI name
T_MPDCH_P_MIN_ACTIV

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Duration before releasing the primary MPDCH, when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic and Min_MPDCH = 0. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
mn

No No No
--
T_MPDCH_REL_PROC
Duration of the MPDCH release procedure. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) --configuration
T_MPDCH_REL_PROC
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 530
Alcatel
T_MPDCH_S_MIN_ACTIV
HMI name
T_MPDCH_S_MIN_ACTIV

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Mimimun activation duration of a secondary MPDCH. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
mn

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 531
Alcatel
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
HMI name
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
This timer indicates the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS. The response time corresponds to T T where T corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size: 100 ms --

Instance Type
Timer
BSS
Unit
ms

No No No

This parameter can also be used for the Delayed UL TBF feature in a future release.
External comment
The value of this timer will be used to compute the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer will TBF releases be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 532
Alcatel
T_One_Block
HMI name
T_ul_2_ph_access

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH, when it does not support any GPRS traffic, but one uplink block on it has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size = 1 sec -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_one_block = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_one_block = 2 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Unit
sec

No No No
--

T_PAG_CS
--
T_PAG_CS (MFS)

Timer MFS cell
Yes
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC)
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Internal comment

round trip delay between MSC and BTS
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 533
Alcatel
T_PAG_PS (MFS)
HMI name
T_PAG_PS

Timer MFS cell
Yes
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC)
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
--
T_PDCH_Inactivity
T_PDCH_INACTIVITY

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH of a cell (except the last PDCH with an allocated transmission resource), when it does not support anymore GPRS traffic. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size = 1 sec --

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last Internal comment

In B6.2 this parameter was not in Q3 (I.e. category: CDE and OMC-R access: None (DLS)).
External comment
The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 534
Alcatel
T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last
HMI name
T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Timer to postpone the deallocation of the last PDCH of a cell which has a transmission resource, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) step size =1 sec --

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last Internal comment

In B6.2 this parameter was not in Q3 (I.e. category: CDE and OMC-R access: None (DLS)).
External comment
The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links. This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 535
Alcatel
T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
HMI name
T_PDCH_PREEMPTION

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Timer to limit the duration of the soft pre-emption process (at its expiry, a fast pre-emption is undertaken). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) 0: immediate fast preemption, step size = 1sec -T_PDCH_Preemption < T11 T_PDCH_Preemption < TCH_INFO_PERIOD

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Preemption < T_qho
Internal comment
--
External comment
The parameter is tuned according to the parameters HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS and LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS. If resource reallocation is enabled for trigger T1, TBFs the PACCH of which is impacted by soft pre-emption will be attempted to be reallocated on other PDCHs, unless T_PDCH_PREEMPTION = 0. In the latter case, no resource reallocation will be attempted and the required number of PDCHs will be granted back to the BSC immediately (after abnormally releasing the impacted TBFs).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 536
Alcatel
T_PSI_PACCH
Scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13 on PACCH. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer
HMI name
T_PSI_PACCH
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS BSS
Yes

Instance Type
Number
Unit
sec

No No No
step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, 111100 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec --
--

T_RESEL
--
T_RESEL

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
sec

No No No
coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec --

Needed for MPDCH feature. MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 537
Alcatel
T_STOP_FR_EMISSION
HMI name
T stop frame relay emission

Timer MFS PVC
Yes
Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). None GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer step size = 1 ms Not changeable after MFS system initialization.

Unit
ms

No No No

--

T_TBF_ACTIV
--
T_TBF_ACTIV

Timer MFS
Yes
Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

MFS
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 538
Alcatel
T_TBF_BCK_REL
HMI name
T_TBF_BCK_REL
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the MS. Triggering condition: End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received), End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged mode), Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received). Reseting condition: Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block. Action on expiry; Release of a TBF
None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Instance Type
Timer
MFS
Unit
sec

No No No

The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as followed: T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 539
Alcatel
T_TBF_REL
Guard timer before releasing a TBF. None GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer
HMI name
T_TBF_REL
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

This timer is only used if the "Delayed Downlink TBF Release" feature is disabled (EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = disabled).
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 540
Alcatel
T_ul_access_max
HMI name
T_ul_access_max

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. 3GPP TS 04.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
ms

No No No
For B7.2: step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms -i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC. ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended:
Internal comment
For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 541
Alcatel
T_ul_assign_ccch
HMI name
T_GPRS_assign_AGCH

Timer MFS
Yes
Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at allocating one uplink block (2 phase access uplink TBF establishment). None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 0.1 sec The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table below: AG_PREMPT_TCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms / Comments Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/800/1400/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/800/1400/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

cell
Unit
sec

No No
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 542
Alcatel
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Recommended rules --

--
No
Internal comment
The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1) A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages. As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 543
Alcatel
50 ms. In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch. In OMC-R B7.2, the T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is no more changeable and automatically computed by the OMC as a function of AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCH_CONF, BS_AG_BLKS_RES and round_trip_delay parameters. The T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation. More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001.
T_ul_assign_pccch
HMI name
T_ul_assign_PCCCH

Timer MFS
Yes
Timer defining the number of radio blocks from which one uplink radio block may be allocated to transport the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message in a 2 phase UL TBF establishment on PCCCH procedure. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 0.1 sec -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

cell
Unit
sec

No No No
Internal comment
Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell. The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 544
Alcatel
T_UL_CONGESTION
HMI name
T_UL_CONGESTION

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion process. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH) ---

Unit
sec

No No No
--
Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled
T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH
T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS and the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
ms

No
step size = 50ms. If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending the Immediate assignment message. --

Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH, too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.
No No
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 545
Alcatel
T200_GSL (MFS)
HMI name
T200_GSL (MFS)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-Equal to T200_GSL (BSC)
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Internal comment Logical name Definition Rec reference Spec reference Coding rules Mandatory rules
--
--
T203_GSL (MFS)
Link supervision timer on the GSL link. None GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack
T203_GSL (MFS)
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
-Equal to T203_GSL (BSC)

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 546
Alcatel
T3166n
HMI name
T3166n

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack for resolution contention. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=1sec --

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 547
Alcatel
T3168 (MFS)
HMI name
T3168
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS
Yes
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. 3GPP TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)
Rec reference Spec reference

Instance Type
Timer
cell
Unit
sec
Max value 4 TRX nb

No
Coded on 3 bits as follows: Coding rules 000: 500 ms 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Equal to T3168 (BSC) Mandatory rules The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select the value of 500 ms. Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links.
No No
Internal comment
The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms) 2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay. T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter. T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered. BSS Telecom parameters
External comment
The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 548
Alcatel
Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.
T3169
HMI name
T3169

Timer MFS
Yes
Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to the radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=1sec --

BSS
Unit
sec

No No No
--

T3182n
--
T3182n

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=1sec --

Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 549
Alcatel
T3190n
HMI name
T3190n

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : when the DL TBF is cut due to the radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size=1sec --

Unit
sec

No No No

--

T3191
--
T3191

Timer MFS
Yes
Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : the timer is used on the network side to define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI can be reused. GSM TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

MFS
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 550
Alcatel
T3192 (MFS)
HMI name
T3192

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. 3GPP TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC)

Unit
ms

No
Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Equal to T3192 (BSC) Mandatory rules The OMC-R does not allow the operator to select values lower than 500 ms. Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) - Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
No No
Internal comment
Broadcast in PSI
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 551
Alcatel
T3212 (MFS)
HMI name
T3212

Number MFS cell
Yes
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. GSM TS 04.08 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Equal to T3212 (BSC)

Unit
6 mn

No No No
Needed for feature MPDCH

T391
--
T391

Timer MFS MFS
Yes
Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7). ITU Q.933, Ann GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla yer ---

Unit
sec

No No No
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 552
Alcatel
TBF_CS_DL
HMI name
TBF_CS_DL

Threshold MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the number of consecutive Packet Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink acknowledged or unacknowledged TBF is changed to CS1 (only in downlink). None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

BSS
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 1 --

--
External comment
If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaption but TBF release.
TBF_CS_PERIOD
HMI name
TBF_CS_PERIOD

Threshold MFS MFS
Yes
Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 553
Alcatel
TBF_CS_UL
HMI name
TBF_CS_UL

Threshold MFS
Yes
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated _TS. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

BSS
Unit
None

No No No
step size = 1 --
--
--
TBF_DL_INIT_CS
TBF_DL_INIT_CS

Number MFS cell
Yes
Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 and CS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS. --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 554
Alcatel
TBF_UL_INIT_CS
HMI name
TBF_UL_INIT_CS

Number MFS cell
Yes
Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
coded from 0 to 3, 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4, only CS1 and CS2 are supported by Alcatel BSS. --
--

T_GCH_CORR
--
Tcorr

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. None GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack

Unit
sec

No No No
step size=100ms -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Tcorr = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Tcorr = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 555
Alcatel
Tdsl
HMI name
T_GCH_dsl

Timer MFS BSS
Yes
Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels. None GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack

Unit
ms

No No No
step size = 100 ms
Tdsl < Tfreeze Tdsl < Trelease Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl.
Testab
HMI name
T_GCH_ESTAB

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. None GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack

Unit
sec

No No No
step size= 100 ms -not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Testab = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Testab = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 556
Alcatel
Tfreeze
HMI name
T_GCH_freeze

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels. None GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack

Unit
ms

No No No
step size=100ms Tfreeze > Tdsl

--
External comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze.
THRES_DSP_XOFF
HMI name
THRES_DSP_XOFF

Threshold MFS GPU
Yes
Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which downlink RLC PDU are not more sent by RRM to RLC. None GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit

No No No
step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON Recommended rules --
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 557
Alcatel
THRES_DSP_XON
HMI name
THRES_DSP_XON

Threshold MFS
Yes
Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which downlink RLC PDU sending from RRM to RLC becomes possible after having previously encountered a DSP congestion. None GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer

GPU
Unit

No No No
step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
Internal comment
--
External comment
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 558
Alcatel
GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
HMI name
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH

Threshold MFS GPU
Yes
Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_XOFF and G_MAX congestion states.

step size = 0.1 % System (CST) None (DLS)
Unit

No No No
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > Mandatory rules THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON Recommended rules --
Internal comment
Thres_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation. A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration. Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned. The default value is the initial one.
External comment
--
THRES_G_MAX_LOW
HMI name
THRES_G_MAX_LOW

Threshold MFS GPU
Yes
Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion states.

GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer
Unit

No No No
step size = 0.1 %
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 559
Alcatel
THRES_N_TBF_OFF
HMI name
THRES_N_TBF_OFF

Threshold MFS GPU
Yes
Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit

No No No
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > Mandatory rules THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON Recommended rules --
--
--
THRES_N_TBF_ON
THRES_N_TBF_ON

Threshold MFS GPU
Yes
Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible after previously encountered TBF congestion. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit

No No No
step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Internal comment
--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 560
Alcatel
Tns_alive
Time-out to trigger the test procedure. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---
HMI name
TnsAlive
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No
--

TnsBlock
--
Tns_block
Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 561
Alcatel
Tns_reset
Time-out for reset procedure. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---
HMI name
TnsReset
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

External comment
--
Tns_test
Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. GSM TS 08.16 GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl ayer ---
HMI name
TnsTest
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
sec

No No No

External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 562
Alcatel
Trelease
Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. None GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack
HMI name
T_GCH_release
B7.2 Sub-system
MFS MFS
Yes

Instance Type
Timer
Unit
ms

No No No
step size = 100 ms Trelease > Tdsl not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment
--
External comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 563
Alcatel
TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR
HMI name
TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR

MFS MFS
Yes
Defines the number of PDCH groups of the same cell that are tried to be mapped on the same DSP, before a new DSP may be selected for the cell. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Type
Number
Unit
None

No No No

This parameter is used to try to map preferably the PDCH groups of a same cell on the same DSP to make the radio resource reallocation between different TRX possible. High values make the radio resource reallocation feature more efficient, but leads to a less balanced load between the different DSPs on the GPU.
External comment
--
Tusl
HMI name
T_GCH_usl

Timer MFS cell
Yes
Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels. None GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack

Unit
ms

No No No
step size = 100 ms Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms

--
External comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 564
Alcatel
TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
HMI name
TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR

Threshold MFS cell
Yes
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit

No No No
step size = 1% --
--
--
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR

Threshold MFS cell
Yes
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit

No No No
step size = 1% --

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 565
Alcatel
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
HMI name
TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD

Number MFS BSS
Yes
Number of received RLC data blocks after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. None GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
step size = 1 --
--

TX_INT
--
TX_INT

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. 3GPP TS 04.60 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 -is about 240 ms.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time Internal comment
Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 566
Alcatel
Tx_integer (MFS)
HMI name
TX_INTEGER

Number MFS cell
Yes
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. 3GPP TS 04.18 FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P RH)

Unit
None

No No No
Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 567
Alcatel
51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51multiframe.
Internal comment
Needed for feature MPDCH. For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
External comment
Should be set to 12 when EN_GPRS=1
UL_POLL_FACTOR
HMI name
UL_DATA_CREDIT

Number MFS cell
Yes
This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm. None GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer

Unit
None

No No No
---

--
External comment
The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS measurements is respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink).
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 568
Alcatel
USF_NE
HMI name
usfNe

Number MFS MFS
Yes
USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 1. --

Unit
None

No No No
--
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION

MFS MFS
Yes
Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource reallocations due to changing bias. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) step size = 10% --

Type
Number
Unit

No No No

--
External comment
This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each direction is actually a weighted average taking into account WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of the previous assessment.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 569
Alcatel
WI_PR
HMI name
Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject

MFS cell
Yes
Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT. None FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P CC) ---

Type
Number
Unit
sec

No No No

--
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 570
Alcatel
OMC
parameters
BSC_X25_primary_address
BSC X25 primary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
BSC Primary X25 Address
B7.2 Sub-system
OMC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None
Min value 0 Def value *

No No No

In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
External comment
BSC_X25_secondary_address
BSC X25 secondary address. None Short message service cell broadcast
HMI name
BSC Secondary X25 Address
B7.2 Sub-system
OMC BSC
Yes

Instance Type
Reference
Unit
None
Min value 0 Def value *

No No No

In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 571
Alcatel
Cell_Type
HMI name
Cell Type

Abstract OMC cell
Yes
Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template. None Handover preparation

Unit
None
Min value * Def value #
Max value * TRX nb Cell Type

No
Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Coding rules Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is Mandatory rules equal to Extended inner or Extended outer. A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Recommended rules --
No
RMS template
*: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric (labelled "Micro Multiband" on the HMI) - Mini Concentric (labelled "Mini Multiband" on the HMI) - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer
No
Internal comment
Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 572
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR_FR
HMI name
DTX_FR_INDICATOR

Flag OMC cell
Yes
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No
coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, Coding rules 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / Mandatory rules DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 573
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR
HMI name
DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR

Flag OMC cell
Yes
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No
0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / Mandatory rules DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 574
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR_HR
HMI name
DTX_HR_INDICATOR

Flag OMC cell
Yes
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No
0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / Mandatory rules DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 575
Alcatel
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR
HMI name
DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR

Flag OMC cell
Yes
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR. GSM TS 04.08 DTX functional specification

Unit
None

No No
0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / Mandatory rules DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules --
RMS template
--
No
Internal comment
--
External comment
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 576
Alcatel
TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
HMI name
TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD

Timer OMC cell
Yes
Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. None Resource allocation & management

Site (CAE) OMC local display
Unit
sec

No No No
---

The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds
External comment
The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 577
Alcatel
TC
parameters
T_release
HMI name
T_release

Timer TC TRAU
Yes
Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode. GSM TS 08.61 TC/BTS Interface

Unit
sec

No No No
step size = 20 msec --

Coded in the software
External comment
--
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 578
Alcatel
Default values for RMS templates Template number

Logical name
EN_BALANCED_CI MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]
1
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
2
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
3
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4
4
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
5
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
6
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4
7
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
8
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
9
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4
10
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
11
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
12
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4
13
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
14
1 1 2 6 10 14 18 20 22 24 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
15
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
16
1 1 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 -12 -9 -6 -3 0 3 6
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 579
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [ MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 9 12 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 14 16 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 -2 0 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -51 -55 -59 -63 -67 -71 -75 -79 -83 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 14 16 -51 -55 -59 -63 -67 -71 -75 -79 -83 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 -2 0 -51 -55 -59 -63 -67 -71 -75 -79 -83 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -60 -65 -70 -75 -80 -85 -90 -95 -100 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 14 16 -60 -65 -70 -75 -80 -85 -90 -95 -100 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 -2 0 -60 -65 -70 -75 -80 -85 -90 -95 -100 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -74 -78 -82 -86 -90 -94 -98 -102 -106 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 14 16 -74 -78 -82 -86 -90 -94 -98 -102 -106 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 -2 0 -74 -78 -82 -86 -90 -94 -98 -102 -106 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 1 9 12 -53 -60 -66 -72 -79 -85 -91 -97 -104 -20 -10 -6 -3 0 3 6 10 20 1
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 580
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] VQ_AVERAGE VQ_BAD_RXFER VQ_FER_THRESHOLD VQ_GOOD_RXFER VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD VQ_RXLEV VQ_RXQUAL VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 2 4 6 8 10 14 18 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4 4 8 12 14 16 18 20 22 6 3 30 1 30 -95 4 4
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 581
Alcatel
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell

This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
Parameter Name
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
1TRX
4
2TRX
4
3TRX
8
4TRX
8
5TRX
12
6TRX
12
7TRX
12
8TRX
12
9TRX 10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX 16TRX Comments

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Following rule is applied : A_TRAFFI C_LOAD x N_TRAFFI C_LOAD = 24
BTS_Q_LENGTH Freelevel_1 Freelevel_2 Freelevel_3 Freelevel_4 Freelevel_DR(n) H_LOAD_OBJ HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD L_LOAD_OBJ LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G Ed 17 Released
4 1 2 4 6 4 80 70 70 45 0 20 50
4 2 3 7 9 4 80 70 70 45 10 20 50
6 3 5 10 12 4 80 80 70 60 20 50 50
6 3 6 12 15 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 4 7 14 21 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 5 9 17 26 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 5 10 20 30 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 6 12 23 34 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 7 13 26 38 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 7 14 28 42 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 8 16 31 47 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 8 17 34 51 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 9 19 37 56 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 9 20 40 61 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 10 22 44 67 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50
10 10 21 47 74 4 80 80 80 60 40 50 50 Page 582
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Alcatel
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 6 0 0 70 70 6 20 20 70 70 3 30 30 70 70 3 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70 2 40 40 70 70
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 583
Alcatel
Default parameter values according to the cell type

This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column. The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product. An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Parameter
Single
Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell inner cell outer cell Microcell indoor Microcell
8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A macro (0) * 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 # macro (0) * 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 # macro (0) * 4 2 6 4 2 0 # micro (1) * 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 # macro (0) * 4 2 6 4 2 0 N/A 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A 8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A 4 2 6 4 2 0 N/A 4 2 6 4 2 0 # micro (1)*
A_LEV_HO A_LEV_MCHO A_PBGT_HO A_QUAL_HO BS_P_CON_ACK BS_P_CON_INT BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (B CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE
8 N/A 12 8 3 1 N/A macro (0) * grade (1)
micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) *
CELL_EV CELL_LAYER_TYPE CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
grade (1)
grade (1) single (0) *
grade (1) upper (1) *
order (0) lower (2) *
grade (1) lower (2) * concentric (1) * normal (0) * 5 dB (5)
order (0) lower (2) *
grade (1) lower (2) *
grade (1)
grade (1)
order (0)
order (0) indoor (3) * concentric (
single (0) * upper (1) *
single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) *
normal (0) normal (0) * concentric * (1) * normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * * 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
concentric (1) * concentric (1) * normal (0) * normal (0) * 4 dB (4)
normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0) * extended * inner (2) * 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) extended normal (0) outer (1) * * 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4)
CELL_RANGE
normal (0) *
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin
5 dB (5)
4 dB (4)
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 584
Alcatel
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell inner cell outer cell Microcell indoor Microcell
5 dB (5) N/A enable (1) N/A 5 dB (5) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) 5 dB (5) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * 4 dB (4) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1) 5 dB (5) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) 4 dB (4) N/A disable (0) N/A 5 dB (5) N/A enable (1) N/A 5 dB (5) N/A enable (1) N/A 5 dB (5) N/A 4 dB (4) N/A 4 dB (4) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1)
DELTA_INC_HO_margin EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO EN_DIST_HO EN_LOAD_BALANCE EN_MCHO_H_DL
5 dB (5) N/A enable (1) N/A disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) N/A enable (1) disable (0) * See TRXnb N/A 2 dB
enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A
disable (0) * disable (0) *
enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) * * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) * * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) enable (1) * * disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) N/A enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) N/A enable (1)
EN_MCHO_H_UL
disable (0) *
enable (1)
enable (1)
EN_MCHO_NCELL
enable (1)
disable (0) *
enable (1)
disable (0) * enable (1)
disable (0)*
EN_MCHO_RESCUE
disable (0) *
enable (1)
EN_PBGT_FILTERING EN_RESCUE_UM EN_RL_RECOV EN_SPEED_DISC
enable (1) N/A enable (1)
enable (1) N/A enable (1)
enable (1) N/A enable (1) disable (0)
disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0)
disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0)
enable (1) enable (1)
disable (0) disable (0) *
disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 * See TRXnb
Freelevel_DR(n)
See TRXnb See TRXnb
See TRXnb
See TRXnb
See TRXnb
See TRXnb
H_LOAD_OBJ HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)
See TRXnb 2 dB
N/A 2 dB
See TRXnb 2 dB
N/A 5 dB
N/A 2 dB
N/A 5 dB
N/A 2 dB
N/A -29 dB
N/A 5 dB
N/A 5 dB
N/A 5 dB
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 585
Alcatel
2 dB 1 dB enable (0) 0 dB 1 dB enable (0) 0 dB 1 dB enable (0) 5 dB 5 dB enable (0) 0 dB 1 dB enable (0) 5 dB 5 dB enable (0) 0 dB 1 dB -29 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB disabled (1) * 5 dB N/A -98 dBm (12) N/A 5 dB 5 dB enable (0) 5 dB 5 dB enable (0)
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT
2 dB 1 dB enable (0)
enable (0) disabled (1) * 5 dB N/A -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A -2 -5 -7 -10 40 s 5 dB N/A -96 dBm (14) N/A
HOmargin (0,n) L_LOAD_OBJ L_RXLEV_DL_H
5 dB N/A -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A -2 -5 -7 -10 N/A
5 dB See TRXnb -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A -2 -5 -7 -10 N/A
5 dB N/A -91 dBm (19)
5 dB See TRXnb -91 dBm (19)
4 dB N/A -96 dBm (14) -70 dBm (40)
5 dB N/A -91 dBm (19) -85 dBm (25) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A -2 -5 -7 -10 40 s
5 dB N/A -96 dBm (1
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-70 dBm (4
L_RXLEV_UL_H
-100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15)
-100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm (25) N/A -2 -4 -6 -8 20 s
-100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) N/A 0 0 0 0 N/A
-100 dBm (10) -95 dBm (15) 0 0 0 0 0 N/A
-100 dBm (
L_RXLEV_UL_P
-85 dBm (2
L_TIME_ADVANCE Loadfactor_2 Loadfactor_3 Loadfactor_4 Loadfactor_5 MIN_CONNECT_TIME
N/A -2 -5 -7 -10 N/A
N/A -2 -5 -7 -10 N/A
N/A -2 -4 -6 -8 10 s
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 586
Alcatel
3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A 3s 1s # N/A 13 -47 dBm (63) 3s 1s # N/A 13 -47 dBm (63) 2s 0s # 4 15 -47 dBm (63) -88 dBm (22) 20 s (0) 3s 1s # N/A 13 -47 dBm (63) -88 dBm (22) 20 s (0) 2s 0s N/A 4 15 N/A 3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A 3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A 3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A 2s 0s N/A 4 15 N/A 2s 0s # 4 15 -47 dBm (6
MS_P_CON_ACK MS_P_CON_INT MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N_BAD_SACCH N_BSTXPWR_M NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
3s 1s N/A N/A 13 N/A
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
-88 dBm (22) 20 s (0)
-88 dBm (22) 20 s (0)
N/A
N/A
-88 dBm (22) 20 s (0)
-88 dBm (2
PENALTY_TIME
inhibited (31) -65 dBm (45) N/A
inhibited (31)
inhibited (31)
20 s (0)
RXLEV_DL_IH
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45) -71 dBm (39) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -78 dBm (32)
-65 dBm (45) -71 dBm (39) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -78 dBm (32) -100 dBm (10)
-65 dBm (45) N/A
-65 dBm (45) N/A
-65 dBm (45) N/A
-65 dBm (4
RXLEV_DL_ZONE
-71 dBm (39)
-71 dBm (39)
-71 dBm (3
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
-65 dBm (45) -75 dBm (35) N/A
-65 dBm (45) -75 dBm (35) N/A
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45)
-65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) N/A
-65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) N/A
-70 dBm (40) -75 dBm (35) N/A
-60 dBm (50) -75 dBm (35) N/A
-65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) N/A
-65 dBm (4
RXLEV_UL_IH
-75 dBm (35)
-75 dBm (35)
-65 dBm (4
RXLEV_UL_ZONE
-78 dBm (32)
-78 dBm (32)
-78 dBm (3
RXLEVmin(n)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (10)
-102 dBm (8)
-100 dBm (10)
-100 dBm (
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 587
Alcatel
0 dB (0) N/A 0 dB (0) N/A 0 dB (0) N/A infinity (7) -91 dBm (19) -98 dBm (12) -75 dBm (35) 1 km (2) infinity (7) N/A infinity (7) -91 dBm (19) -98 dBm (12) -75 dBm (35) 1 km (2) infinity (7) N/A 0 dB (0) N/A 0 dB (0) N/A infinity (7) -91 dBm (19) -98 dBm (12) -75 dBm (35) infinity (7) -91 dBm (1
TEMPORARY_OFFSET U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
0 dB (0) N/A
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
-98 dBm (1
U_RXLEV_UL_P
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25)
-85 dBm (25) 35 km (63)
-85 dBm (25) 35 km (63)
-85 dBm (25) 34.5 km (62) N/A N/A
-85 dBm (25)
-75 dBm (3
U_TIME_ADVANCE
35 km (63) 35 km (63)
35 km (63)
35 km (63)
35 km (63) 500 m (1)
500 m (1)
W_LEV_MCHO ZONE_TYPE
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A #
N/A #
1 #
N/A #
1 N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
1 N/A
1 #
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 588
Alcatel
Alphabetic X-reference of table

All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided. Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down. A_LEV_HO A_PBGT_DR A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR A_RANGE_HO AC_0 AC_12 AC_15 AC_4 AC_7 AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) ACCESS_BURST_TYPE_DEF ADDR_MON AG_PREMPT_PCH ALPHA (MFS) AMR_FR_THR_1 AMR_HR_HYST AMR_HR_THR_2 Ed 17 Released BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC A_LEV_MCHO A_PBGT_HO A_QUAL_HO A_TRAFFIC_LOAD AC_1 AC_13 AC_2 AC_5 AC_8 AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) ACCESS_RATE_BC ADDR_TR ALLOC_ANYWAY AMR_FR_HYST AMR_FR_THR_2 AMR_HR_SUBSET AMR_HR_THR_3 BSS Telecom parameters BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA A_LEV_PC A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR A_QUAL_PC ABORT_FRAME AC_11 AC_14 AC_3 AC_6 AC_9 AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM AG_FULL ALPHA (BSC) AMR_FR_SUBSET AMR_FR_THR_3 AMR_HR_THR_1 AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC BSC BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 589
Alcatel
AMR_START_MODE_HR AUT_BAR BCC (BSC) BCCH_ARFCN(n) BCCH_FREQUENCY BF_LO_RX BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) BS_P_CON_ACK BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) BS_PRACH_BLKS BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] BSC_X25_secondary_address BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] Ed 17 Released BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC OMC BSC BSC BSC ATT (BSC) AUTO_DSC BCC (MFS) BCCH_CUT_TIMER BF_HI_RX BF_LO_TX BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BS_P_CON_INT BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PRR_BLKS BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] BSS Telecom parameters BSC BSC MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC ATT (MFS) B_NUM BCC (n) BCCH_EXT BF_HI_TX BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BS_CV_MAX (MFS) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BS_PBCCH_BLKS BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC_X25_primary_address BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6] BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC OMC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 590
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Alcatel
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY bssgp_T3 BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND BVC_RESET_RETRIES C32_QUAL CBC_window CBS CELL_BAR_ACCESS CELL_EV CELL_RANGE CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND CI (BSC) CIC COUNT_DECR COUNT_INCR_2 CRC_TR CS_HST_DL_LT Ed 17 Released BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BTS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] BSIC (GSM) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) bssgp_T1 bssgp_T4 BTS_Q_LENGTH BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES Call_user_data_sel CBC_X25_primary_address CCCH_CONF (BSC) CELL_BAR_QUALIFY CELL_LAYER_TYPE CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Cell_Type CI (MFS) CIR COUNT_I_THRESHOLD CRC_ERR CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT CS_HST_DL_ST BSS Telecom parameters BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC OMC MFS MFS BSC BTS MFS MFS 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) bssgp_T2 BTS_CIPH_CAP BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES C31_HYST CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION CBC_X25_secondary_address CCCH_CONF (MFS) CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE CELL_PARTITION_TYPE CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET CGI_REQD CI(n) Coding_Scheme COUNT_INCR_1 CRC_MON CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST CS_HST_UL_LT BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS Page 591
Alcatel
CS_HST_UL_ST CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS DL_POLL_FACTOR DMA_UNDERRUN Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) DTX_INDICATOR_HR DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR EBS ECSC EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI ON(BSC) EN_AMR_FR EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BTS BSC BSC MFS OMC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK Def_nb_pdch_cell DELTA_DEC_HO_margin DLCI DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE Downlink_DTX_enable_HR DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) DTX_INDICATOR_FR DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER EC EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI ON(MFS) EN_AMR_HR EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) EN_CBL EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS OMC OMC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell DELTA_INC_HO_margin DMA_OVERRUN Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR DPC DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH DWELL_TIME_STEP EC_BAR EDR_MSG_ORDER EFR_ENABLED EN_AMR_CA EN_BALANCED_CI EN_BS_PC EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP EN_DATA_144 MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC OMC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 592
Alcatel
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL EN_DR EN_EXT_MEAS_REP EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF EN_IC_HO EN_INTRA_DL EN_INTRA_UL_AMR EN_LNK_M EN_LOAD_MNGT EN_MA_SELECTION EN_MCHO_NCELL EN_MS_PC EN_PBGT_HO EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING EN_RESCUE_UM EN_RXLEV_UL EN_SEND_CM3 EN_SI13_EXT EN_SPEED_DISC EN_TFO EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) Ed 17 Released MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC EN_DIST_HO EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO EN_IM_ASS_REJ EN_INTRA_DL_AMR EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED EN_LOAD_BALANCE EN_LOAD_ORDER EN_MCHO_H_DL EN_MCHO_RESCUE EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO EN_PCR EN_PSI3_Coding2 EN_RL_RECOV EN_RXQUAL_DL EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE EN_SOLSA EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO EN_TFO_MATCH EN_UL_CONGESTION BSS Telecom parameters BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING EN_EXT_DR EN_FORCED_DR EN_GPRS EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH EN_INTRA_UL EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE EN_LOAD_EGSM EN_LOAD_OUTER EN_MCHO_H_UL EN_MPDCH EN_PBGT_FILTERING EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO EN_RES_REALLOCATION EN_RXLEV_DL EN_RXQUAL_UL EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER EN_SOLSA(n) EN_TCH_PREEMPT EN_TFO_OPT EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC Page 593
Alcatel
EXT_HO_FORCED FDD_Qmin(BSC) FDD_Qoffset (MFS) FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED FRAME_DISCARD Freefactor_3 Freelevel_1 Freelevel_4 GAMMA_TNx GPRS_HCS_THR GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) GPRS_PREF_MARK GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) H_LOAD_OBJ HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HR_ENABLED BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) FDD_Qmin(MFS) Filter_Suspend_Cause FORBID_AMR_NS FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR Freefactor_1 Freefactor_4 Freelevel_2 Freelevel_DR(n) GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTER ESIS GPRS_HCS_THR(n) GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ VALUE GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN GPRS_UL_Ack_period H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT I_LAPD_MAX_RX BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) FDD_Qoffset (BSC) FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F FR_INFO_SIZE Freefactor_2 Freefactor_5 Freelevel_3 FREQUENCY_RANGE GPRS_DL_Ack_period GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) GSM_PHASE HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HOmargin (0,n) I_LAPD_MAX_TX MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BTS
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 594
Alcatel
I_TX_LAPD IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD INTFBD1 INTFBD4 K_AVG_L K_GSL (MFS) K_LAPDm K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial KEEP_CODEC_HO L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) L_RXQUAL_DL_H L_RXQUAL_UL_H L_TIME_ADVANCE LAC(n) Linkfactor (0,n) Loadfactor_1 Loadfactor_4 Loadlevel_2 LOW_THRES_B_MAX Ed 17 Released BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL INTFBD2 INTFBD5 K_AVG_Q K_LAPD_OML K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite L_LOAD_OBJ L_RXLEV_DL_H L_RXLEV_UL_H L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR LAC (BSC) LB_DECR LOAD_EV_PERIOD Loadfactor_2 Loadfactor_5 Loadlevel_3 LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSS Telecom parameters BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA INACT_DLCI INTAVE INTFBD3 INVALID_ADR K_GSL (BSC) K_LAPD_RSL K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial L_MIN_DWELL_TIME L_RXLEV_DL_P L_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXQUAL_DL_P L_RXQUAL_UL_P LAC (MFS) LB_INCR LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS Loadfactor_3 Loadlevel_1 Loadlevel_4 LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BTS BSC BSC BTS BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 595
Alcatel
LSA_ID_array (BSC) LSA_OFFSET M2 MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MAX_POW_RED MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY Max_retrans (MFS) MAX_RETRANS_3 MAX_Retrans_SIG MAX_TRC_NUMBER MCC (BSC) MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] Ed 17 Released BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC LSA_ID_array (MFS) M_PEND_A MAX_ADJ_CELL MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans MAX_MPDCH_DSP MAX_PDCH MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences Max_Resel_Duration MAX_RETRANS_1 MAX_RETRANS_4 MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MAX_TRX_DSP MCC (MFS) MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] BSS Telecom parameters MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA LSA_ID_array (n) M1 MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MAX_GCH_DSP MAX_LAPS MAX_MPDCH_GPRS_TRX MAX_PDCH_DSP MAX_POW_INC Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime Max_retrans (BSC) MAX_RETRANS_2 Max_retrans_DL MAX_TBF_DSP MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 596
Alcatel
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] MIN_CONNECT_TIME MNC (BSC) MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_H MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_L MS_P_CON_ACK MS_TXPWR_MAX MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MSCR (BSC) BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] MIN_MPDCH MNC (MFS) MPDCH_LOAD_PPCH_L MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_H MS_P_CON_INT MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER MSCR (MFS) BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] MIN_PDCH MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD MPDCH_LOAD_PRACH_H MPDCH_LOAD_UL_PACCH_L MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_ PDCH MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) MS_TXPWR_MIN MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 597
Alcatel
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) N_AVG_I (BSC) N_BIAS_DETERMINATION N_CLR_REQ N_MAX_T3_REALLOC N_PUAS_PPCTA_REPETITIONS N_TBF_PER_MPDCH N_threshold N_UL_Errors_LIMIT N2 N200_LE N200_OML (BTS) N200_TD N200_TTH N201_C N201_GSL (MFS) N3101_LIMIT N391 NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LIN E NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CH ANNEL Ed 17 Released BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BTS BTS BTS BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) N_AVG_I (MFS) N_BSTXPWR_M N_DECR N_PDCH_Release N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT N_TBF_PER_SPDCH N_TRAFFIC_LOAD N_WAIT N200_GSL (BSC) N200_LR N200_RSL (BSC) N200_TS N201 (BSC) N201_D N201_S N3103_LIMIT N392 NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_P ER_GPU NB_MAX_SECONDARY_PCCCH MFS MFS BSC BTS MFS MFS MFS BSC BTS BSC BTS BSC BTS BSC BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS MFS MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO N N_BAD_SACCH N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC N_INCR N_PREF_CELLS N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT N_TCH_HO N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT N1 N200_GSL (MFS) N200_OML (BSC) N200_RSL (BTS) N200_TTF N201 (BTS) N201_GSL (BSC) N2X4 N3105_LIMIT N393 NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE BSC BSC MFS BTS BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC BTS BTS BTS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 598
Alcatel
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CB CH NBR_RESET_CIC_REP NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 NCC(n) NECI (BSC) NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER NIR NS_Priority NSEI NSVCMAX NY1 OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER OPC PAG_BAR PAN_INC (BSC) PAN_MAX (MFS) PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended _CBCH NBR_RESET_REP NCC (BSC) NCC_permitted NECI (MFS) network_operation_mode (BSC) NS_ALIVE_RETRIES NS_RESET_RETRIES NSEMAX NUBLK OFFSET_CA_HIGH Offset_Hopping_HO Operator PAN_DEC (BSC) PAN_INC (MFS) Password PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR PENALTY_TIME PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS NBLK NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 NCC (MFS) NCI NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) network_operation_mode (MFS) NS_BLOCK_RETRIES NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES NSVCI NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Offset_Hopping_PC OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) PAN_DEC (MFS) PAN_MAX (BSC) Pb PDA_FULL PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS BTS MFS MFS MFS
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 599
Alcatel
PG_FULL PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_L POW_RED_FACTOR PRACH_BUSY_THRES PRIORITY(0,n) PROT_MON PTP_BVCI PVC_Level1_up Q703_N1 Q703_T2 Q703_T4N Q703_T7 Q704_T5 Qsearch(BSC) RA_CODE (BSC) RA_COLOUR RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER RACHRT BTS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC PING_PONG_HCP PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_H PMU_CPU_HIGH_LOAD_L POW_INC_FACTOR POW_RED_STEP_SIZE PREFERRED_BAND PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) PROT_TH PVC_Level1_down PWRC (BSC) Q703_N2 Q703_T3 Q703_T5 Q704_T2 Q707_T1 Qsearch(MFS) RA_CODE (MFS) RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) PMU_CPU_CRITICAL_LOAD_L PMU_CPU_SEVERE_LOAD_H POW_INC_STEP_SIZE POWER_OFFSET_IND PRIO_THR PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) PTM_BVCI PVC_Level1_Factor PWRC (MFS) Q703_T1 Q703_T4E Q703_T6 Q704_T4 Q707_T2 QUEUE_ANYWAY RA_CODE(n) RACH_BUSY_THRES RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC MFS MFS
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 600
Alcatel
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) RESET_INDEFINITE RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX RSL_RATE (BSC) RXLEV_DL_IH RXLEV_UL_IH S Schedule_period_for_extended_CB CH SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY SHORT_FRM SMS_INHIBIT SMSCB_Phase SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) STRIP_O5_CM2 T(iar) T(sst) T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP T_AVG_W (BSC) T_BTS_EST_CNF BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC RANDOM_ACC_RETRY RATE_RED RESP_REQ ROT RSL_RATE (BTS) RXLEV_DL_ZONE RXLEV_UL_ZONE S_BECN SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD SDCCH_LOW_DELAY SIG_BVCI SMSCB_Features_set SMSCB_Recovery SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) Suspend_retries T(ias) T_ACK_WAIT T_AVG_T (BSC) T_AVG_W (MFS) T_BTS_RLS_CNF MFS MFS BSC BSC BTS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) RE Resume_retries round_trip_delay RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO RXLEVmin(n) Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH SDCCH_COUNTER SGSNR SLC SMSCB_Mode SMSCB_State SSF T(conn est) T(rel) T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH T_AVG_T (MFS) T_BIND_CNF T_BURST BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 601
Alcatel
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE T_DELAY T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN T_FAST_DL_margin T_flow_ctrl_ms T_GSL_ACK (MFS) T_i T_INITIAL_PDCH T_MAX_RETRANS_DL T_MPDCH_P_MIN_ACTIV T_MS_CELL_REJ T_OVL_MSC T_PAG_PS (BSC) T_PDCH_Inactivity T_PSI_PACCH T_RCR_ACK T_RESEL T_RMS_BSC_RECONF MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC T_CBC_READY T_CONNECT T_delay_gch T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIA L T_dl_assign_ccch T_FILTER T_GPRS_Resume T_HCP T_IA T_INTRF_L3 T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) T_MPDCH_REL_PROC T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME T_PAG_CS (BSC) T_PAG_PS (MFS) T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last T_PUA T_RECOVERY T_RESET_COUNTER T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BTS BSC T_CFI_TR T_COUNT_I T_DELAY_GSL T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport T_flow_ctrl_cell T_GSL_ACK (BSC) T_HO_REQD_LOST T_INHIBIT_CPT T_LB_OV T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) T_MPDCH_S_MIN_ACTIV T_One_Block T_PAG_CS (MFS) T_PDA T_PDCH_PREEMPTION T_qho T_release T_RMS_BSC T_RMS_BTS BTS BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS BSC TC BSC BSC
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 602
Alcatel
T_SDCCH_PC T_STOP_FR_EMISSION T_SYNCd T_TBF_ACTIV T_TFO T_ul_assign_pccch T1_0858 T11 T17 T19 T200 (BSC) T200_GSL (BSC) T200_S3 T200_TF T203 (BSC) T203_GSL (MFS) T3105_D T3105_F_HR T3106_D_STOP T3107 T3122 Ed 17 Released BSC MFS BTS MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS BTS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC T_SMSCB_READY T_SUP T_SYNCu T_TBF_BCK_REL T_ul_access_max T_UL_CONGESTION T1_long T11_FORCED T18 T2_0858 T200_D T200_GSL (MFS) T200_SD T200_TH T203 (BTS) T3101 T3105_D_STOP T3105_F_STOP T3106_F T3109 T3166n BSS Telecom parameters BTS BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS MFS BTS BTS BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA T_SMSCB_RESP T_SYNC T_ta T_TBF_REL T_ul_assign_ccch T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH T1_short T13 T18_Overload T20 T200_D3 T200_OMU T200_ST T200_TRE T203_GSL (BSC) T3103 T3105_F_FR T3106_D T3106_F_STOP T3111 T3168 (BSC) BSC BTS BTS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS BTS BTS BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 603
Alcatel
T3168 (MFS) T3190n T3192 (MFS) T391 T8 T9104 T9110 TA_STAT TBF_CS_UL TCH_INFO_PERIOD TEMPORARY_OFFSET THR_ACT_1 THR_CCCH_LOAD THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 THR_LB_OV THRES_DSP_XOFF THRES_G_MAX_LOW THRES_N_TBF_OFF THRESHOLD_1_1 THRESHOLD_1_3 THRESHOLD_1_6 Ed 17 Released MFS MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BTS BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC T3169 T3191 T3212 (BSC) T4 T9101 T9105 T9112 TBF_CS_DL TBF_DL_INIT_CS Tcorr Testab THR_ACT_2 THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH THRES_DSP_XON THRES_HIGH_TX THRES_N_TBF_ON THRESHOLD_1_10 THRESHOLD_1_4 THRESHOLD_1_7 BSS Telecom parameters MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC MFS BTS MFS BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA T3182n T3192 (BSC) T3212 (MFS) T7 T9103 T9108 T9113 TBF_CS_PERIOD TBF_UL_INIT_CS Tdsl Tfreeze THR_BUFFER THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 THR_IDLE THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL THRES_G_MAX_HIGH THRES_LOW_TX THRESHOLD_1_0 THRESHOLD_1_2 THRESHOLD_1_5 THRESHOLD_1_8 MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS MFS BTS BSC BTS BSC MFS BTS BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 604
Alcatel
THRESHOLD_1_9 THRESHOLD_2_10 THRESHOLD_2_4 THRESHOLD_2_7 TL_TCUA TL3 Tns_alive Tns_test Trelease TRX_PREF_MARK Tusl TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Tx_integer (MFS) U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO U_RXQUAL_UL_P UL_POLL_FACTOR VQ_AVERAGE VQ_GOOD_RXFER VQ_RXQUAL W_LEV_MCHO W_QUAL_CA Ed 17 Released BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC MFS MFS MFS BSC BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC THRESHOLD_2_0 THRESHOLD_2_2 THRESHOLD_2_5 THRESHOLD_2_8 TL1 TL4 Tns_block TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD TRG_SDCCH TS_TCUA TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR TX_INT U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO U_RXLEV_UL_P U_TIME_ADVANCE Use_of_Extended_CBCH VQ_BAD_RXFER VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER W_LEV_PC W_QUAL_HO BSS Telecom parameters BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC MFS OMC BSC BSC MFS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC 3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA THRESHOLD_2_1 THRESHOLD_2_3 THRESHOLD_2_6 THRESHOLD_2_9 TL2 TLC_CONFIG_T Tns_reset Treassembly TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR TSC TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR Tx_integer (BSC) U_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXQUAL_DL_P UI_LAPD_MAX_TX USF_NE VQ_FER_THRESHOLD VQ_RXLEV W_LEV_HO W_PBGT_HO W_QUAL_PC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BTS MFS BSC MFS BSC MFS BSC BSC BSC BTS MFS BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC Page 605
Alcatel
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION WI_OC ZONE_HO_HYST_DL MFS BSC BSC WI_CR WI_OP ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC BSC BSC WI_EC WI_PR ZONE_TYPE BSC MFS BSC
End of document
Ed 17 Released
3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA
Page 606

IMPOTRANT Alcatel Parameters B7.2 0062 17a

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

IMPOTRANT Alcatel Parameters B7.2 0062 17a

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcatel

Thursday, March 13, 2003

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B7.2

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 8

Max value 31 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

-A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Internal comment

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA

B7.2 Sub-system Instance Type

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 2

Max value 15 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

-A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16

Recommended rules -Internal comment

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 4

Max value 31 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

-A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32

Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Internal comment

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA

B7.2 Sub-system Instance Type

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 4

Max value 15 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

External comment HMI name

B7.2 Sub-system Instance Type

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 16

Max value 31 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

-A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Internal comment

should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA

B7.2 Sub-system Instance Type

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 61

Max value 61 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

External comment HMI name

B7.2 Sub-system Instance Type

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 8

Max value 61 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

Recommended rules -Internal comment

BSS Telecom parameters

3BK 11203 0062 DSZZA

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 8

Max value 31 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

-A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Internal comment

Application domain GSM Category OMC-R access

Min value 1 Def value 4

Max value 31 TRX nb Cell Type RMS template

-A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32

Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Internal comment